1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug
52 \newcommand*{\OrgIndex}{}
54 \renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
56 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
57 \use_default_options false
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
71 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
98 \paperorientation portrait
109 \paragraph_separation indent
111 \quotes_language english
114 \paperpagestyle default
115 \tracking_changes false
116 \output_changes false
132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
134 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
136 \begin_inset CommandInset href
138 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
153 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 \begin_inset Note Note
160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
161 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
162 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
175 \begin_layout Standard
176 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
177 LatexCommand tableofcontents
184 \begin_layout Chapter
188 \begin_layout Section
192 \begin_layout Standard
193 LyX is a document preparation system.
194 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
195 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
196 It is unlike most other
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
204 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
206 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
222 pt type, left justified, 5
223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
235 \begin_layout Standard
236 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
253 \begin_layout Standard
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
266 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
267 the format of all of the manuals.
268 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
269 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 \begin_layout Section
290 \begin_layout Standard
291 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
293 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
294 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
298 \begin_layout Standard
299 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
300 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
301 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
303 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
304 only a vertical scrollbar.
305 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
306 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
307 This, however, is due
308 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
309 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
310 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
311 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
313 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
314 this doesn't work for equations yet.
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
326 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
331 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
332 ing sections of this documentation.
335 \begin_layout Section
339 \begin_layout Standard
340 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
345 of the manuals from inside LyX.
346 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
357 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
366 without resorting to configuration files.
367 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
368 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
369 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_inset Index idx
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
384 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
385 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
390 \begin_inset space \space{}
393 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
394 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
396 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
400 \begin_inset Index idx
403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
404 Reconfiguration of LyX
409 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
412 \begin_layout Section
414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
416 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
423 \begin_layout Standard
424 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
425 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
448 that will be created when using the menu
450 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
470 \begin_inset Note Note
473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
474 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
482 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
483 More about TeX Code is described in section
488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
490 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
494 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
501 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
511 \begin_inset Index idx
514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
515 Reconfiguration of LyX
523 \begin_layout Chapter
527 \begin_layout Section
528 Basic File Operations
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
541 \begin_layout Standard
546 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
547 in addition to some more advanced operations:
550 \begin_layout Itemize
554 \begin_inset Graphics
555 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
563 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_inset Graphics
588 filename ../images/file-open.png
589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
596 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_inset Graphics
609 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
617 \begin_layout Itemize
627 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_inset Graphics
670 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Standard
685 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
686 a few minor differences.
689 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
704 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
705 you for a template to use.
706 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
707 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
708 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
716 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
723 \begin_layout Standard
725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
748 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
749 space is just that — a big, blank space.
752 \begin_layout Standard
773 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
778 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
803 will reload the document from disk.
804 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
805 and want to restore it to the last save.
814 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
815 can identify them as your changes.
818 \begin_layout Section
819 Basic Editing Features
820 \begin_inset Index idx
823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
832 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
839 \begin_layout Standard
840 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
841 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
842 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
843 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
845 We'll start with cut and paste.
848 \begin_layout Standard
849 As you might expect, the
853 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
854 various other editing features.
855 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
859 \begin_layout Itemize
865 \begin_inset Graphics
866 filename ../images/cut.png
867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
874 \begin_layout Itemize
880 \begin_inset Graphics
881 filename ../images/copy.png
882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
889 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_inset Graphics
896 filename ../images/paste.png
897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
904 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_layout Itemize
938 \begin_inset Graphics
939 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
940 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
948 \begin_layout Standard
949 The first three are self-explanatory.
950 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
951 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
960 keys also functions as the
965 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
966 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
971 to get back the lost text.
974 \begin_layout Standard
975 \begin_inset Index idx
978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
984 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
993 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
996 \begin_layout Standard
999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1004 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1010 \begin_inset space ~
1015 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1021 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1030 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1031 will start a new paragraph.
1034 \begin_layout Standard
1035 \begin_inset Index idx
1038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1045 \begin_inset Index idx
1048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1058 \begin_inset space ~
1062 \begin_inset space ~
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1080 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1085 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1102 button to skip the current word.
1106 \begin_inset space ~
1111 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1115 \begin_inset space ~
1120 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1122 If the toggle is set, searching for
1123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1134 will not match the word
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1149 Match whole words only
1151 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1200 \begin_inset Index idx
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1210 \begin_inset Index idx
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1306 \begin_inset Index idx
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1373 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1374 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1388 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1393 \begin_layout Section
1395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1397 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_inset Index idx
1405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1414 \begin_layout Standard
1415 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1423 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1424 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1427 \begin_layout Itemize
1430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1433 or the toolbar button
1434 \begin_inset Graphics
1435 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1443 \begin_layout Standard
1444 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1445 (TOC) that is described in section
1446 \begin_inset space ~
1450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1452 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1457 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1458 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1459 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1460 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1461 to the document, see section
1462 \begin_inset space ~
1466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1468 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1477 option sorts the current list, and the
1481 option keeps it in the current view state.
1482 Keeping means that when you have e.
1483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1487 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 the subsections of section
1491 \begin_inset space ~
1494 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1495 \begin_inset space ~
1498 3, the subsections of section
1499 \begin_inset space ~
1502 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1507 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1514 \begin_layout Standard
1516 \begin_inset space \space{}
1520 \begin_inset Graphics
1521 filename ../images/down.png
1522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1532 \begin_inset space \space{}
1536 \begin_inset Graphics
1537 filename ../images/up.png
1538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1543 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1547 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1549 So you can for example move section
1550 \begin_inset space ~
1554 \begin_inset space ~
1558 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1560 \begin_inset Graphics
1561 filename ../images/promote.png
1562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1567 \begin_inset Graphics
1568 filename ../images/demote.png
1569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1573 or the corresponding key bindings
1581 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1582 So you can for example make section
1583 \begin_inset space ~
1587 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1599 \begin_inset Graphics
1600 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1606 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1607 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1608 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1609 go back to your last editing position.
1612 \begin_layout Section
1614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1624 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_inset Index idx
1632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_inset Index idx
1642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_layout Standard
1674 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1676 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1677 is used to propose completions.
1680 \begin_layout Standard
1681 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1682 there are completions available.
1683 You can then press the
1687 key to use this completion.
1688 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1689 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1690 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1697 \begin_layout Standard
1698 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1700 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1703 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1705 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1708 by deselecting the option
1715 Automatic inline completion
1717 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1718 To accept this proposal, use the
1727 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1728 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1736 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1743 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_inset Index idx
1748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_inset Index idx
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_inset Index idx
1790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1822 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1823 LyX's default is CUA.
1826 \begin_layout Standard
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1838 \begin_inset space ~
1859 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1863 \begin_layout Labeling
1864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1868 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1869 LatexCommand nomenclature
1871 description "Tabulator key"
1877 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1878 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1879 \begin_inset space ~
1883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1885 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1892 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1896 , especially section
1897 \begin_inset space ~
1901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1903 reference "sub:Lists"
1909 If you're still confused, look in the
1916 \begin_layout Labeling
1917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1921 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1922 LatexCommand nomenclature
1924 description "Escape key"
1931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1938 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1939 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1942 \begin_layout Labeling
1943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1949 \begin_inset space ~
1953 \begin_inset space ~
1960 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1961 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1965 \begin_layout Standard
1966 There are three modifier keys:
1969 \begin_layout Labeling
1970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1988 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1989 LatexCommand nomenclature
1991 description "Control key"
1995 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1996 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2000 \begin_layout Itemize
2009 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2012 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2024 \begin_layout Itemize
2033 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2037 \begin_layout Labeling
2038 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2056 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2057 LatexCommand nomenclature
2059 description "Shift key"
2063 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2064 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2067 \begin_layout Labeling
2068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2086 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2087 LatexCommand nomenclature
2089 description "Alt or Meta key"
2093 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2094 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2095 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2101 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2103 menu accelerator keys
2106 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2107 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2112 For example, the sequence
2113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2119 \begin_inset space ~
2123 \begin_inset space ~
2129 \begin_inset space ~
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset space ~
2162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2172 \begin_layout Standard
2177 manual lists all other things bound to the
2185 \begin_layout Standard
2186 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2187 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2188 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2189 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2190 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2191 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2192 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2193 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 followed by a capital
2216 \begin_layout Standard
2217 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2219 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2224 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2227 as explained in sec.
2228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2234 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2241 \begin_layout Chapter
2243 \begin_inset Index idx
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2255 \begin_layout Section
2257 \begin_inset Index idx
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2269 \begin_layout Subsection
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2274 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2275 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2276 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2277 numbering schemes, and so on.
2278 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2279 and format the title of your document differently.
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2287 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2288 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2289 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2290 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2291 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2295 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2296 how to adjust their properties.
2299 \begin_layout Subsection
2301 \begin_inset Index idx
2304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2313 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 You can select a class using the
2323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2325 \begin_inset Index idx
2328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2337 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2350 \begin_layout Description
2351 Article for basic articles
2354 \begin_layout Description
2355 Report for basic reports
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Book for writing a book
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Letter for US-style letters
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2369 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2370 can be found in chapter
2372 Special Document Classes
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2385 \begin_layout Description
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2401 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2405 \begin_layout Description
2406 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2407 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2408 There are three article layouts available.
2409 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2410 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2411 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2412 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2417 sequential numbering
2418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2421 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2422 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2423 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2424 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 Beamer Layout for presentations
2431 \begin_layout Description
2432 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2433 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2437 \begin_layout Description
2439 \begin_inset space ~
2442 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2449 \begin_layout Description
2452 Die TeXnische Komödie
2454 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2461 \begin_layout Description
2462 Foils Used to make transparencies
2465 \begin_layout Description
2466 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2471 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2477 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2490 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2497 \begin_layout Description
2502 LaTeX document class
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2521 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2522 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2524 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Slides Used to make transparencies
2531 \begin_layout Description
2533 \begin_inset space ~
2536 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2537 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2540 \begin_layout Description
2541 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2544 \begin_layout Description
2549 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2552 \begin_layout Standard
2553 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2555 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2560 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2561 of the document classes.
2564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2573 \begin_inset Index idx
2576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2585 \begin_layout Standard
2586 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2587 in the chosen document class.
2588 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2590 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2591 the corresponding module in the
2597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2601 \begin_inset Index idx
2604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2611 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2615 \begin_layout Standard
2616 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2624 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2625 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2642 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2655 Each class has a default set of options.
2656 Here's a quick table describing them:
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2668 \begin_inset Tabular
2669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2670 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3137 You're probably also wondering what
3138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3142 \begin_inset space ~
3146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3150 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3151 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3156 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3161 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3171 headings, there are also
3179 headings, and so on.
3180 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3181 \begin_inset space ~
3185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3187 reference "sub:Headings"
3194 \begin_layout Subsection
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3198 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3203 \begin_inset Index idx
3206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 \begin_inset Index idx
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3241 \begin_inset space ~
3246 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3248 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3249 to use for your document.
3250 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3267 \begin_inset space ~
3272 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3273 You can choose between the following five options:
3276 \begin_layout Labeling
3277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3282 Use default page style of current class.
3285 \begin_layout Labeling
3286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3291 No page numbers or headings.
3294 \begin_layout Labeling
3295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 \begin_layout Labeling
3304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3309 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3310 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3311 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3326 \begin_inset Index idx
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3336 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3337 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3339 See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documenta
3345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3359 of paragraphs is described in section
3360 \begin_inset space ~
3364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3366 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3373 \begin_layout Subsection
3374 Paper Size and Orientation
3375 \begin_inset Index idx
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 Document ! Paper size
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3395 You'll find the following options in the menu
3398 \begin_inset space ~
3403 of the dialog of the
3405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3411 \begin_inset Index idx
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3423 \begin_layout Labeling
3424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3428 \begin_inset space ~
3433 What size paper to print on.
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3505 \begin_inset space ~
3510 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3511 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3514 \begin_layout Subsection
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3523 \begin_inset Index idx
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 \begin_inset Index idx
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 Paper margins are set in the menu
3548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_inset Index idx
3555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3566 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3567 the paper format and the font size into account.
3570 \begin_layout Subsection
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3580 That includes the paragraph environments.
3581 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3582 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3583 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3584 paragraph environments to
3588 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3589 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3590 the conversion and why it failed.
3593 \begin_layout Section
3594 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3595 \begin_inset Index idx
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 Paragraph ! Indentation
3607 \begin_layout Subsection
3609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3611 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3620 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3625 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3626 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3627 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3631 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3637 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3638 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3639 language than English.
3640 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3645 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3647 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3648 LyX takes care of that.
3649 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3651 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3652 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3653 of a page, and so on.
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3663 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3664 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3668 of these pre-coded spacings.
3669 We'll explain more later.
3672 \begin_layout Subsection
3673 Paragraph Separation
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3678 Paragraph ! Separation
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 To separate paragraphs, select
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3709 \begin_inset Index idx
3712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3719 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3720 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3735 \begin_inset space ~
3739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3741 reference "cap:Units"
3746 The default length is 30
3747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3753 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3758 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset space ~
3768 dialog and toggle the
3771 \begin_inset space ~
3776 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3779 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3783 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3784 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3788 \begin_layout Standard
3789 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3790 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3793 \begin_layout Subsection
3795 \begin_inset Index idx
3798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3799 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3807 \begin_layout Standard
3810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3814 \begin_inset Index idx
3817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3826 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3829 \begin_inset space ~
3838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3844 \begin_inset Index idx
3847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3848 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3853 installed to use this feature.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Environments
3863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3865 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Environments
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3884 Paragraph environments|(
3892 \begin_layout Subsection
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3919 \begin_inset Newline newline
3922 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3923 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3924 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3933 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 A paragraph environment is simply a
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3946 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3947 scheme, labels, and so on.
3948 Additionally, you can
3949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3956 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3957 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3958 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3959 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3960 days of typewriters.
3961 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3963 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3968 \begin_inset Graphics
3969 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3975 at the left end of the toolbar.
3976 LyX will change the environment of the
3980 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3981 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3982 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3986 \begin_layout Standard
3995 create a new paragraph using the
3999 paragraph environment.
4001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4008 because if you are in one of these environments:
4011 \begin_layout Itemize
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4058 , rather than resetting it to
4063 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4064 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4065 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4066 \begin_inset space ~
4070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4072 reference "sec:Nesting"
4077 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4082 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4083 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4087 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4093 \begin_layout Subsection
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 The default paragraph environment is
4103 It creates a plain paragraph.
4104 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4105 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4106 this manual) are in the
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 You can nest a paragraph using the
4118 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4126 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 \begin_inset Index idx
4131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4150 for thanks or contact information.
4151 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4152 page along with today's date.
4153 For other types of documents, the title
4154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4161 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4180 Here's how you use them:
4183 \begin_layout Itemize
4184 Put the title of your document in the
4191 \begin_layout Itemize
4192 Put the author name in the
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4201 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4207 Note that using this environment is optional.
4208 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4209 If you don't want any date, add the line
4210 \begin_inset Newline newline
4220 \begin_inset Newline newline
4223 to the preamble of your document (menu
4225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 You can use footnotes to insert
4233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4240 or contact information.
4243 \begin_layout Subsection
4245 \begin_inset Index idx
4248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4266 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4271 \begin_inset Index idx
4274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4275 Section headings ! Numbered
4283 \begin_layout Standard
4284 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4288 \begin_layout Enumerate
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4331 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4332 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4333 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4338 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4339 You group the book into chapters.
4340 LyX does similar grouping:
4343 \begin_layout Itemize
4348 is divided in either
4359 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4424 Not all document types use the
4428 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4433 is the top-level heading.
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4446 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4447 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4449 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4463 \begin_inset Index idx
4466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4467 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4476 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4480 \begin_layout Enumerate
4486 \begin_layout Enumerate
4492 \begin_layout Enumerate
4498 \begin_layout Enumerate
4504 \begin_layout Enumerate
4510 \begin_layout Standard
4512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4519 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4520 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4521 table of contents, see section
4522 \begin_inset space ~
4526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4536 Changing the Numbering
4537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4539 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4546 \begin_layout Standard
4547 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4548 in the Table of Contents.
4549 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4551 Certain classes start with
4565 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4575 This is something you can change.
4578 \begin_layout Standard
4581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4587 \begin_inset Index idx
4590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4601 \begin_inset space ~
4605 \begin_inset space ~
4610 you'll see two counters.
4615 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4617 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4622 Short Titles of Headings
4623 \begin_inset Index idx
4626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4627 Section headings ! Short titles
4636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4645 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4652 \begin_layout Standard
4653 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4654 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4655 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4656 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4659 \begin_layout Standard
4660 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4661 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4662 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4663 To specify a short title, use the menu
4665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4667 \begin_inset space ~
4673 This will insert a box labeled
4674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4689 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4690 This also works for captions inside floats.
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 The following information applies to all section headings:
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4706 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4721 \begin_layout Subsection
4722 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4725 \begin_layout Standard
4726 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4740 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4741 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4742 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4743 the text they contain.
4744 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4752 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4756 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4765 when you start a new paragraph.
4766 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4770 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4771 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4772 to change back to the
4776 environment yourself.
4779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4796 \begin_inset Index idx
4799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4808 \begin_layout Standard
4809 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4810 time for the differences.
4819 are identical except for one difference:
4823 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4832 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4835 \begin_layout Standard
4836 Here's an example of the
4849 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4851 See – no indentation!
4855 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4856 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4857 the other paragraph.
4860 \begin_layout Standard
4861 Here's another example, this time in the
4868 \begin_layout Quotation
4874 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4875 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4876 the first line, then
4880 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4884 you were quoting other text.
4887 \begin_layout Quotation
4888 Here's a new paragraph.
4889 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4890 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4893 \begin_layout Standard
4894 As the examples show,
4898 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4899 They should put quotes in the
4904 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4908 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4917 \begin_inset Index idx
4920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4929 \begin_inset Index idx
4932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4953 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4959 \begin_inset Newline newline
4962 Which I did not rehearse!
4966 It could be much worse.
4967 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4969 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4970 indented a bit more than the first.
4971 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4977 \begin_inset Newline newline
4980 And make things look fine
4981 \begin_inset Newline newline
4987 arg "newline-insert newline"
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4998 does not indent both margins.
4999 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5000 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5007 arg "newline-insert newline"
5013 \begin_layout Subsection
5015 \begin_inset Index idx
5018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5034 \begin_layout Standard
5035 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5045 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5054 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5055 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5056 some general features of all four of them.
5059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5066 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5075 reset the environment to
5079 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5080 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5081 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5085 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5088 to break paragraphs.
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5093 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5095 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5096 you read all of section
5097 \begin_inset space ~
5101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5103 reference "sec:Nesting"
5111 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_inset Index idx
5120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5137 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5141 paragraph environment.
5142 It has the following properties:
5145 \begin_layout Itemize
5146 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5150 \begin_layout Itemize
5151 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 The items can have any length.
5161 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5162 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5169 \begin_layout Itemize
5174 environment inside another
5178 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5182 \begin_layout Itemize
5183 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5186 \begin_layout Itemize
5187 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 \begin_inset space ~
5196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5198 reference "sec:Nesting"
5202 for a full explanation of nesting.
5206 \begin_layout Standard
5207 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5216 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5219 \begin_layout Standard
5220 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5221 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5222 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5225 \begin_layout Itemize
5226 The label for the first level
5230 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the second level is a dash.
5239 \begin_layout Itemize
5240 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5249 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 Back out to the third level.
5254 \begin_layout Itemize
5255 Back to the second level.
5259 \begin_layout Itemize
5260 Back to the outermost level.
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5264 These are the default labels for an
5269 You can customize these labels in the
5271 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5274 dialog in the submenu
5281 \begin_inset Index idx
5284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5293 \begin_layout Standard
5294 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5295 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5297 \begin_inset space ~
5301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5303 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_inset Index idx
5319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5328 name "sec:Enumerate"
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5340 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5341 It has these properties:
5344 \begin_layout Enumerate
5345 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5349 \begin_layout Enumerate
5350 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5354 \begin_layout Enumerate
5355 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 environment resets the counter to one.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5379 \begin_layout Enumerate
5380 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5381 Items can have any length.
5384 \begin_layout Enumerate
5385 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5406 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5407 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5414 \begin_layout Enumerate
5415 The first level of an
5419 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5428 \begin_layout Enumerate
5429 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5433 \begin_layout Enumerate
5434 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5443 \begin_layout Enumerate
5444 Back to the third level
5448 \begin_layout Enumerate
5449 Back to the second level.
5453 \begin_layout Enumerate
5454 Back to the outermost level.
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5458 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5463 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5468 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5473 There is more to nesting
5477 environments than we've stated here.
5478 You should read section
5479 \begin_inset space ~
5483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5485 reference "sec:Nesting"
5489 to learn more about nesting.
5492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5498 \begin_inset Index idx
5501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5515 list has no fixed label.
5516 Instead, LyX uses the first
5517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5524 of the first line as the label.
5528 \begin_layout Description
5529 Example: This is an example of the
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5537 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5550 it is meant that the first hit of the
5554 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5556 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5564 arg "space-insert protected"
5569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5570 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5572 \begin_inset space ~
5578 \begin_inset space ~
5582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5584 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5588 for more info.) Here is an example:
5591 \begin_layout Description
5593 \begin_inset space ~
5596 Example: This one shows how to use a
5599 \begin_inset space ~
5611 \begin_layout Description
5612 Usage: You should use the
5616 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5617 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5619 It's not a good idea to use a
5623 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5624 You're better off using
5636 paragraphs into them.
5639 \begin_layout Description
5640 Nesting: You can nest
5644 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5649 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5650 them from the first line.
5653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5659 \begin_inset Index idx
5662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5676 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5688 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5693 environment is named
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5714 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5715 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5718 \begin_layout Labeling
5719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5721 \begin_inset space ~
5724 labels LyX uses the first
5725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5732 of each line as the item label.
5737 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5738 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5739 blank as described above.
5742 \begin_layout Labeling
5743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5744 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5745 the body of the item text.
5746 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5747 label width plus a little extra space.
5751 \begin_layout Labeling
5752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5754 \begin_inset space ~
5757 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5759 If the label width is larger, the label
5760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5767 into the first line.
5768 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5769 margin of the rest of the item text.
5772 \begin_layout Labeling
5773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5778 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5783 environment have the same left margin.
5784 \begin_inset Newline newline
5787 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5792 \begin_inset space ~
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5806 determines the default label width.
5807 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5816 multiple times instead.
5817 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5826 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5829 \begin_inset space ~
5834 every time you alter a label in a
5839 \begin_inset Newline newline
5842 The predefined default width is the length of
5843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5852 \begin_inset Newline newline
5856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5864 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5865 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment the same way like the
5882 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5888 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5897 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5899 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5901 \begin_inset space ~
5905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5907 reference "sec:Nesting"
5911 to learn about nesting.
5914 \begin_layout Standard
5915 There is yet another feature of the
5919 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5921 You can use additional
5925 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5930 are documented in section
5931 \begin_inset space ~
5935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5937 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5942 Here are some examples:
5943 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5951 Left The default for
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5967 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5976 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5983 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5986 \begin_layout Subsection
5988 \begin_inset Index idx
5991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6000 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6017 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6025 \begin_inset space ~
6031 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6032 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6033 In contrast, you can use the
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6045 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6046 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 Of course, you're not limited to using
6058 \begin_inset space ~
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6072 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6073 some European academic papers.
6076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6080 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6092 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6093 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6102 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6103 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6104 Here's an example of each:
6107 \begin_layout Right Address
6109 \begin_inset Newline newline
6113 \begin_inset Newline newline
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6120 When is it? What is today?
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6127 \begin_inset space ~
6133 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6134 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6135 Here's an example of the
6142 \begin_layout Address
6144 \begin_inset Newline newline
6147 Where do I send this
6148 \begin_inset Newline newline
6151 Your post office and country
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 As you can see, both
6162 \begin_inset space ~
6167 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6172 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6178 This makes sense, since
6186 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6187 Thus, you have to use
6194 arg "newline-insert newline"
6200 \begin_inset space ~
6203 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6205 \begin_inset space ~
6214 menu) to start a new line in an
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6229 \begin_layout Subsection
6233 \begin_layout Standard
6234 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6235 or list of references.
6236 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6260 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6261 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6262 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6263 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6267 in anything else or vice versa.
6273 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6274 The book document classes ignores the
6278 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6282 in a letter document class.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6290 environment does several things for you.
6291 First, it puts the centered label
6292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6300 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6302 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6303 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6304 the subsequent text.
6305 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6306 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6314 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6315 The new paragraph will still be in the
6320 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6321 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6324 \begin_layout Standard
6325 \begin_inset Float figure
6330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6332 \begin_inset Graphics
6333 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset Caption
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6346 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6368 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6372 environment, but since this document is in the
6373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6380 class, we can't do this.
6381 We inserted it therefore as figure
6382 \begin_inset space ~
6386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6388 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6393 If you've never heard of an
6394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6401 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6410 \begin_inset Index idx
6413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6422 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6429 \begin_layout Standard
6434 environment is used to list references.
6435 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6436 only use it at the end of the document.
6441 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6444 \begin_layout Standard
6445 When you first open a
6449 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6465 depending on the document class.
6466 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6467 Each paragraph of the
6471 environment is a bibliography entry.
6476 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6477 Each new paragraph is still in the
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6485 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6486 by using a BibTeX database.
6487 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6488 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6489 \begin_inset space ~
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6495 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6502 \begin_layout Subsection
6506 \begin_inset Index idx
6509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 Paragraph ! LyX code
6516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6525 \begin_layout Standard
6530 environment is another LyX extension.
6531 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6536 key as a fixed whitespace;
6540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6552 \begin_inset space ~
6557 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6562 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6563 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6566 arg "newline-insert newline"
6583 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6584 So, when you finish using the
6588 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6589 Also, you can nest the
6593 environment inside of others.
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6600 \begin_layout Itemize
6604 arg "newline-insert newline"
6607 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6612 \begin_inset space \space{}
6622 arg "newline-insert newline"
6628 \begin_layout Itemize
6632 arg "newline-insert newline"
6643 \begin_layout Itemize
6648 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6655 \begin_layout Itemize
6659 arg "space-insert protected"
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6667 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6668 You must put at least one
6672 in any line you want blank.
6673 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6677 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6681 since that will insert
6686 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6689 arg "self-insert \""
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6699 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6703 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6707 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6711 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6715 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 printf("Hello World!
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6730 This is just the standard
6731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6747 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6748 rc-files, and so on.
6749 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6750 as if you used a typewriter.
6751 \begin_inset Index idx
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 Paragraph environments|)
6763 \begin_layout Section
6764 Nesting Environments
6765 \begin_inset Index idx
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6769 Nesting ! Environments
6775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6784 \begin_layout Subsection
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6791 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6793 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6795 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6807 \begin_layout Enumerate
6811 \begin_layout Enumerate
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Standard
6830 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6831 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6834 \begin_inset space ~
6838 \begin_inset space ~
6846 \begin_inset space ~
6850 \begin_inset space ~
6859 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6860 will tell you how far you are nested).
6861 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6862 \begin_inset Graphics
6863 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6868 \begin_inset Graphics
6869 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6873 or the convenient key bindings
6884 arg "depth-increment"
6890 arg "depth-decrement"
6893 to change the nesting level.
6894 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6895 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6901 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6902 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6903 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6906 \begin_layout Standard
6907 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6908 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6910 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6913 \begin_layout Subsection
6914 What You Can and Can't Nest
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6918 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6919 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6922 \begin_layout Standard
6923 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6924 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6925 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6928 \begin_layout Itemize
6929 Completely unnestable
6932 \begin_layout Itemize
6933 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6944 environments have them:
6947 \begin_layout Description
6948 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6949 Can't nest into them.
6953 \begin_layout Itemize
6959 \begin_layout Itemize
6965 \begin_layout Itemize
6971 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_layout Itemize
6984 \begin_layout Description
6986 \begin_inset space ~
6989 Nestable You can nest them.
6990 You can nest other things into them.
6994 \begin_layout Itemize
7000 \begin_layout Itemize
7006 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Itemize
7018 \begin_layout Itemize
7024 \begin_layout Itemize
7030 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7043 \begin_layout Description
7044 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7045 You can't nest anything into them.
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7055 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7073 \begin_layout Itemize
7079 \begin_layout Itemize
7085 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7097 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Itemize
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7115 \begin_layout Itemize
7121 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_inset space ~
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7153 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7162 \begin_inset space ~
7166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7170 \begin_inset space \space{}
7173 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7174 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7175 section headings violate this.
7183 \begin_layout Subsection
7184 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7185 \begin_inset Index idx
7188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7189 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7197 \begin_layout Standard
7198 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7199 affected by nesting anyhow.
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7217 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7225 Figures and tables in
7229 are not affected by this.
7234 Have a look at section
7235 \begin_inset space ~
7239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7241 reference "sec:Floats"
7245 for more information about
7252 \begin_layout Standard
7253 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7254 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7259 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7267 of its own, it behaves just like a
7268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7275 paragraph environment.
7276 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 Here's an example with a table:
7284 \begin_layout Enumerate
7289 \begin_layout Enumerate
7290 This is (a) and it's nested.
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7303 \begin_inset Tabular
7304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7305 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 \begin_layout Standard
7392 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7399 \begin_layout Enumerate
7401 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7405 \begin_layout Enumerate
7409 \begin_layout Standard
7410 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 This is (a) and it's nested.
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7430 \begin_layout Standard
7432 \begin_inset Tabular
7433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7434 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7520 \begin_layout Standard
7521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7527 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7546 \begin_layout Standard
7547 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7549 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 \begin_layout Enumerate
7558 This is (a) and it's nested.
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7562 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7570 \begin_inset Tabular
7571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7572 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7686 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7687 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7691 \begin_layout Subsection
7692 Usage and General Features
7695 \begin_layout Standard
7696 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7705 is the innermost possible depth.
7706 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7709 \begin_layout Enumerate
7710 level #1 - outermost
7714 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 \begin_layout Itemize
7734 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7745 both of them in the example.
7746 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7756 For example, if we tried to nest another
7761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7768 , we would get errors.
7771 \begin_layout Subsection
7773 \begin_inset Index idx
7776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7787 We have several examples of nested environments.
7788 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7793 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7796 \begin_layout Labeling
7797 \labelwidthstring MMM
7798 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7807 \begin_layout Labeling
7808 \labelwidthstring MMM
7809 #2-a This is level #2.
7810 We created it by using
7813 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7819 arg "depth-increment"
7826 \begin_layout Labeling
7827 \labelwidthstring MMM
7828 #3-a This is level #3.
7829 This time, we just hit
7836 arg "depth-increment"
7840 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7844 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7850 arg "depth-increment"
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7862 environment, nested inside of
7863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7871 So, it's at level #4.
7872 We did this by hitting
7875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7881 arg "depth-increment"
7884 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7889 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7905 \begin_layout Standard
7910 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7913 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7919 \begin_layout Labeling
7920 \labelwidthstring MMM
7921 #4-a This is level #4.
7925 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7933 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7937 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7942 keep nesting things inside
7943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7954 \begin_layout Labeling
7955 \labelwidthstring MMM
7956 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7961 \begin_layout Labeling
7962 \labelwidthstring MMM
7963 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7964 and this is level #6.
7965 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7969 \begin_layout Labeling
7970 \labelwidthstring MMM
7971 #5-b Back to level #5.
7975 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7981 arg "depth-decrement"
7988 \begin_layout Labeling
7989 \labelwidthstring MMM
7993 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7999 arg "depth-decrement"
8002 , we're back at level #4.
8006 \begin_layout Labeling
8007 \labelwidthstring MMM
8008 #3-b Back to level #3.
8009 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8013 \begin_layout Labeling
8014 \labelwidthstring MMM
8015 #2-b Back to level #2.
8020 \begin_layout Labeling
8021 \labelwidthstring MMM
8022 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8023 After this sentence, we'll hit
8027 and change the paragraph environment back to
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 We could have also used the
8051 environment in place of the
8056 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8060 Example 2: Inheritance
8063 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8064 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8067 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8076 arg "depth-increment"
8079 , after which, we'll change to the
8087 \begin_layout Enumerate
8092 environment, at level #2.
8095 \begin_layout Enumerate
8096 Notice how the nested
8100 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8104 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8109 We ended this example by hitting
8114 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8118 and reset the nesting depth by using
8121 arg "depth-decrement"
8127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8128 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8141 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8149 \begin_layout Enumerate
8150 This is level #1, in an
8154 paragraph environment.
8155 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8170 arg "depth-increment"
8174 Now, what happens if we nest an
8178 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8179 label be? An asterisk?
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8194 So, its label is a bullet.
8195 (We got here by using
8198 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8204 arg "depth-increment"
8207 , then changing the environment to
8215 \begin_layout Itemize
8216 Here's level #4, produced using
8219 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8225 arg "depth-increment"
8229 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8234 \begin_layout Enumerate
8235 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8237 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8242 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8246 , because we are in the
8255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8274 \begin_layout Enumerate
8279 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8280 type of numbering does LyX use?
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8284 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8287 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8290 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8297 arg "depth-decrement"
8300 to decrease the depth after the next
8303 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8310 \begin_layout Enumerate
8312 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8316 \begin_layout Enumerate
8318 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8319 numeral as the label.Why?
8322 \begin_layout Enumerate
8323 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8332 Notice, however, that LyX
8336 reset the counter for the label.
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8350 arg "depth-decrement"
8353 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8354 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8355 into the twofold-nested
8363 \begin_layout Enumerate
8364 The same thing happens if we do another
8367 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8373 arg "depth-decrement"
8376 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8379 \begin_layout Standard
8380 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8385 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8399 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8405 The same rule applies for the
8409 environment, as well.
8412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8413 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8416 \begin_layout Enumerate
8417 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8418 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8419 same detail with how we did it.
8428 \begin_layout Standard
8436 arg "depth-increment"
8443 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8444 example in parentheses someplace.
8445 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8446 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8447 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8451 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8461 Now we'll add verse.
8462 \begin_inset Newline newline
8465 It will get much worse.
8466 \begin_inset Newline newline
8476 arg "depth-increment"
8487 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8488 \begin_inset Newline newline
8491 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8492 \begin_inset Newline newline
8498 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8511 \begin_layout Standard
8512 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8518 \begin_layout Standard
8520 \begin_inset Tabular
8521 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8522 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8623 arg "depth-increment"
8629 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8639 arg "depth-decrement"
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8651 : level #1) This is another item.
8652 Note that selecting a
8656 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8657 3 times to put the table inside the
8665 \begin_layout Quotation
8666 We're now ending the
8670 list and changing to
8675 We're still at level #1.
8676 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8677 The next set of paragraphs is a
8678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8697 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8701 for the letter body.
8705 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8708 to preserve the depth.
8709 Remember that you need to use
8712 arg "newline-insert newline"
8715 to create multiple lines inside the
8722 \begin_inset space ~
8732 \begin_layout Right Address
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 \begin_layout Address
8746 \begin_inset space ~
8752 \begin_layout Quotation
8753 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8757 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8758 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8759 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8760 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8761 as soon as possible.
8762 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8765 \begin_layout Quotation
8766 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8767 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8768 with your order, along with payment.
8771 \begin_layout Quotation
8772 We thank you again for your patience.
8775 \begin_layout Address
8777 \begin_inset Newline newline
8784 \begin_layout Quotation
8785 That ends that example!
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8789 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8790 just a few keystrokes.
8791 We could have easily nested an
8812 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8815 \begin_layout Section
8816 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8817 \begin_inset Index idx
8820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8829 \begin_layout Standard
8830 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8831 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8832 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8833 be broken at the end of a line.
8834 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8838 \begin_layout Subsection
8840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8842 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8847 \begin_inset Index idx
8850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8862 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8866 Further documentation is given in section
8867 \begin_inset Newline newline
8871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8873 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8881 \begin_layout Standard
8882 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8897 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8906 A protected space is set with
8908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8909 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8913 \begin_inset space ~
8923 arg "space-insert protected"
8929 \begin_layout Subsection
8931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8933 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8938 \begin_inset Index idx
8941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8942 Spacing ! Horizontal
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8951 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8954 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8958 The length units are listed in Appendix
8959 \begin_inset space ~
8963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8965 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8976 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8981 \begin_inset Index idx
8984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8993 \begin_layout Standard
8995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8999 \begin_inset space \space{}
9002 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9003 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9004 \begin_inset space ~
9008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9010 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9015 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9016 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9019 arg "space-insert normal"
9025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9029 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9034 \begin_inset Index idx
9037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9055 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9065 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9066 inside abbreviations:
9071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9075 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9078 \begin_layout Standard
9079 or between values and units.
9080 Compare for example this:
9081 \begin_inset Newline newline
9085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 \begin_inset Newline newline
9095 \begin_layout Standard
9096 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9099 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9101 \begin_inset space ~
9109 arg "space-insert thin"
9115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9119 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9127 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9130 \begin_layout Description
9132 \begin_inset space ~
9136 \begin_inset space ~
9140 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9144 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9148 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9151 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9154 \begin_layout Description
9156 \begin_inset space ~
9160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9164 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9168 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9172 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9179 em) space between the arrows.
9182 \begin_layout Description
9184 \begin_inset space ~
9188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9192 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9196 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9200 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9204 \begin_inset space ~
9208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9211 em) space between the arrows.
9214 \begin_layout Description
9216 \begin_inset space ~
9220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9224 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9228 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9232 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9236 \begin_inset space ~
9240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9243 em) space between the arrows.
9246 \begin_layout Description
9248 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9256 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9268 cm space between the arrows.
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9273 \begin_inset space ~
9277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9279 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9283 lists the different space sizes.
9286 \begin_layout Standard
9287 \begin_inset Float table
9292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9294 \begin_inset Caption
9296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9299 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9303 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9313 \begin_inset Tabular
9314 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9315 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9540 \begin_inset Index idx
9543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9552 \begin_layout Standard
9553 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9554 in a uniform fashion.
9555 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9556 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9557 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9558 equally between themselves.
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9568 This is on the left side
9569 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9572 This is on the right
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 That was an example in the
9612 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9620 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9623 is one in a standard paragraph.
9624 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9628 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9631 \begin_layout Standard
9632 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9635 \begin_inset space ~
9640 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9645 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9649 \begin_inset space ~
9655 \begin_layout Standard
9657 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9661 \begin_inset space ~
9667 \begin_layout Standard
9669 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9673 \begin_inset space ~
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9681 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9685 \begin_inset space ~
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9693 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9697 \begin_inset space ~
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9705 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9709 \begin_inset space ~
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9724 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9728 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9729 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9730 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9734 option in the space dialog.
9742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9744 \begin_inset Index idx
9747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9756 \begin_layout Standard
9757 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9763 \begin_inset space \space{}
9766 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9769 \begin_layout Standard
9770 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9773 What is correct English?:
9774 \begin_inset Newline newline
9778 \begin_inset Newline newline
9782 \begin_inset space ~
9785 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9786 \begin_inset Newline newline
9793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9804 \begin_inset Newline newline
9811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9822 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9828 \begin_layout Standard
9829 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9834 \begin_inset space ~
9838 \begin_inset space ~
9842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9846 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9864 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9868 for more information about TeX-Code.
9874 In our case write the command
9881 (note the space after
9882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9889 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9890 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9891 That is why it is named
9892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9904 There exists also the commands
9916 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9917 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9920 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9932 \begin_layout Subsection
9934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9936 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9941 \begin_inset Index idx
9944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9957 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9959 \begin_inset space ~
9965 There you find the following sizes:
9968 \begin_layout Standard
9981 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9986 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9992 \begin_inset Index idx
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10001 for the paragraph separation.
10002 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10013 \begin_layout Standard
10019 \begin_inset Index idx
10022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10028 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10029 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10031 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10032 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10041 : they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10050 are described in section
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10057 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10066 If there are several
10070 on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10071 You can therefore use
10075 to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10078 \begin_layout Standard
10083 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10084 \begin_inset space ~
10088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10090 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10097 \begin_layout Standard
10098 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10108 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10109 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10121 \begin_layout Subsection
10122 Paragraph Alignment
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10132 There are four possibilities:
10135 \begin_layout Itemize
10143 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10149 \begin_layout Itemize
10157 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10163 \begin_layout Itemize
10171 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10177 \begin_layout Itemize
10185 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10191 \begin_layout Itemize
10199 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10206 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10207 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10208 the left and right margins.
10209 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10212 \begin_layout Standard
10214 This paragraph is right aligned,
10217 \begin_layout Standard
10219 this one is centered,
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10224 this one is left aligned.
10227 \begin_layout Subsection
10229 \begin_inset Index idx
10232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10233 Page breaks ! Forced
10239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10241 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10248 \begin_layout Standard
10249 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10250 can force a page break where you want one.
10251 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10252 Only if you use a lot of
10256 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10259 \begin_layout Standard
10260 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10261 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10265 have to change the page breaking.
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10271 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10274 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10282 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10292 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10294 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10295 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10299 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10300 at the top of a page.
10301 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10302 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10303 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10304 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10308 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10312 to learn more about
10319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10323 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10328 \begin_inset Index idx
10331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10332 Page breaks ! Clear
10340 \begin_layout Standard
10341 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10342 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10343 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10344 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10345 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10348 \begin_layout Standard
10349 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10352 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10354 \begin_inset space ~
10360 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10365 \begin_inset space ~
10369 \begin_inset space ~
10374 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10375 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10378 \begin_layout Subsection
10380 \begin_inset Index idx
10383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10392 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10399 \begin_layout Standard
10400 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10402 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10405 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10407 \begin_inset space ~
10411 \begin_inset space ~
10419 arg "newline-insert newline"
10423 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10437 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10439 This is necessary to avoid
10440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10447 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10452 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10453 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10454 set a line break, e.
10455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10459 \begin_inset space \space{}
10462 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10463 \begin_inset space ~
10467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10469 reference "sec:Quote"
10474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10476 reference "sec:Verse"
10481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10483 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10490 \begin_layout Subsection
10492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10494 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10499 \begin_inset Index idx
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10511 \begin_layout Standard
10516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10519 \begin_inset space ~
10524 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10530 \begin_layout Section
10531 Characters and Symbols
10534 \begin_layout Standard
10535 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10536 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 \begin_inset space \space{}
10544 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10552 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10556 for information on how this is done.
10559 \begin_layout Standard
10560 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10565 dialog via the menu
10567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10568 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10575 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10583 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10584 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10585 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10593 \begin_layout Section
10594 Fonts and Text Styles
10595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10597 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10604 \begin_layout Subsection
10606 \begin_inset Index idx
10609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10618 \begin_layout Standard
10619 There are two types of fonts:
10622 \begin_layout Description
10624 \begin_inset space ~
10628 \begin_inset Index idx
10631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10637 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10642 characters) in the font.
10643 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10644 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10645 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10646 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10647 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10648 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10649 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10650 \begin_inset Newline newline
10653 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10654 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10655 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10656 sizes than at small ones.
10657 \begin_inset Newline newline
10671 \begin_inset space ~
10679 \begin_layout Description
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10685 \begin_inset Index idx
10688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10694 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10695 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10696 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10697 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10698 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10699 picture manipulation program.
10700 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10701 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10702 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10703 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10704 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10706 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10707 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10708 \begin_inset Newline newline
10711 Bitmap fonts are named
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10719 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10723 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10724 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10725 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10726 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10727 use scalable fonts.
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10731 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10732 its document properties.
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10737 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10738 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10739 font to emphasize text, you use an
10740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10748 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10749 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10753 \begin_layout Subsection
10754 Document Font and Font size
10755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10757 name "sub:Document-Font"
10762 \begin_inset Index idx
10765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 \begin_inset Index idx
10775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10785 You can set the document fonts in the
10787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10795 Document ! Settings
10801 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10802 font shapes roman (serif),
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10818 The possible options for the font include
10822 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10827 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10849 European Computer Modern
10852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10862 \begin_layout Standard
10871 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10872 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10877 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10880 \begin_inset space ~
10885 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10891 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10892 There are three ways to use one:
10895 \begin_layout Itemize
10896 One way is to use the
10906 Virtual means that it
10907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10918 -glyphs from other fonts.
10919 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 Loading the LaTeX-package
10946 \begin_inset Index idx
10949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10950 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10955 with the document preamble line
10956 \begin_inset Newline newline
10963 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10964 \begin_inset Newline newline
10969 will fix the guillemet problem.
10974 and that accented characters are not
10978 glyph, they are build of
10982 characters, the accent and the letter.
10983 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10987 fonts for words with accented characters.
10988 If you search for example for the French word
10989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10996 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11005 and not for the glyph
11006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11010 \begin_inset space ~
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 \begin_layout Itemize
11021 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11034 , consist of these three main font types
11037 \begin_inset space ~
11066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11070 \begin_inset space ~
11077 as typewriter font.
11078 \begin_inset Newline newline
11081 The differences between roman,
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11093 fonts are explained in section
11094 \begin_inset space ~
11098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11100 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11105 \begin_inset Newline newline
11112 was originally designed for newspapers.
11113 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11114 into the small newspaper columns.
11119 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11122 \begin_layout Itemize
11123 The best solution is to use the
11132 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11136 as the default font.
11137 In most cases they look the same as
11145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11146 One difference is improved kerning for the
11159 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11170 \begin_layout Standard
11171 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11174 For the font size there are four possible values:
11191 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 The font sizes are the
11200 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11201 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11202 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11211 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11212 \begin_inset space ~
11216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11218 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11225 \begin_layout Standard
11230 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11231 a font to display the script characters.
11235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11236 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11241 So this has no effect for the document language
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11258 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11270 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11274 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11275 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11276 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11278 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11281 dialog, see section
11282 \begin_inset space ~
11286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11288 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11300 \begin_layout Subsection
11301 Using Different Character Styles
11302 \begin_inset Index idx
11305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11312 \begin_inset Index idx
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11324 \begin_layout Standard
11325 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11326 certain paragraph environments.
11327 LyX supports two character styles,
11336 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11340 \begin_layout Standard
11345 style, do one of the following:
11348 \begin_layout Itemize
11349 click on the toolbar button
11350 \begin_inset Graphics
11351 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11358 \begin_layout Itemize
11359 use the key binding
11368 \begin_layout Standard
11369 These commands are all toggles.
11374 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11378 One typically uses the
11382 style for proper names.
11384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 is the original author of LyX.
11392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11398 \begin_layout Standard
11399 A more widely used character style is the
11404 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11411 \begin_layout Itemize
11412 clicking on the toolbar button
11413 \begin_inset Graphics
11414 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11421 \begin_layout Itemize
11422 using the keybindings
11431 \begin_layout Standard
11436 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11437 es use a different font.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 We've been using the
11445 style all over the place in this document.
11446 Here's one more example:
11449 \begin_layout Quotation
11452 Don't overuse character styles!
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11457 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11458 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11459 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11463 \begin_layout Standard
11464 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11472 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11474 \begin_inset space ~
11482 \begin_layout Subsection
11483 Fine-Tuning with the
11488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11490 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11495 \begin_inset Index idx
11498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11507 \begin_layout Standard
11508 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11509 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11510 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11511 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11512 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11513 from ordinary dialog.
11516 \begin_layout Standard
11517 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11518 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11519 \begin_inset Newline newline
11522 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11523 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11527 To use custom character styles, open the
11529 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11537 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11538 font property which you can choose.
11539 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11542 \begin_inset space ~
11547 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11552 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11553 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11554 environments in a snap.
11557 \begin_layout Standard
11558 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11561 \begin_inset space ~
11573 \begin_layout Labeling
11574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11588 The possible options are:
11592 \begin_layout Labeling
11593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11598 This is the Roman font family.
11599 Normally a serif font.
11600 It's also the default family.
11610 \begin_layout Labeling
11611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11615 \begin_inset space ~
11622 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11634 \begin_layout Labeling
11635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11642 This is the Typewriter font family.
11648 arg "font-typewriter"
11657 \begin_layout Labeling
11658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11663 This corresponds to the print weight.
11668 \begin_layout Labeling
11669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11674 This is the Medium font series.
11675 It's also the default series.
11678 \begin_layout Labeling
11679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11686 This is the Bold font series.
11699 \begin_layout Labeling
11700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11705 As the name implies.
11710 \begin_layout Labeling
11711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11716 This is the Upright font shape.
11717 It's also the default shape.
11720 \begin_layout Labeling
11721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11735 s the Italic font shape
11741 \begin_layout Labeling
11742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11749 This is the Slanted font shape
11751 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11754 \begin_layout Labeling
11755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11759 \begin_inset space ~
11766 This is the Small caps font shape
11773 \begin_layout Labeling
11774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11779 Alters the size of the font.
11780 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11781 nal to the document font size.
11782 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11783 what you want to do.
11788 \begin_layout Labeling
11789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11810 arg "font-size tiny"
11816 \begin_layout Labeling
11817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11838 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11866 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11872 \begin_layout Labeling
11873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11894 arg "font-size small"
11900 \begin_layout Labeling
11901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11915 It's also the default size.
11919 arg "font-size normal"
11925 \begin_layout Labeling
11926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11947 arg "font-size large"
11953 \begin_layout Labeling
11954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11975 arg "font-size larger"
11981 \begin_layout Labeling
11982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12003 arg "font-size largest"
12009 \begin_layout Labeling
12010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12031 arg "font-size huge"
12037 \begin_layout Labeling
12038 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12059 arg "font-size giant"
12066 \begin_layout Standard
12071 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12072 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12073 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12074 - use that instead.
12075 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12078 \begin_layout Labeling
12079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12084 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12089 \begin_layout Labeling
12090 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12097 This is text with emphasize on
12100 This might seem like the same as
12104 , but it is actually a bit different.
12110 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12112 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12115 \begin_layout Labeling
12116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12123 This is text with Underbar on.
12129 arg "font-underline"
12135 \begin_inset Newline newline
12140 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12141 when you couldn't change fonts.
12142 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12143 It's only included in LyX because some people
12147 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12150 \begin_layout Labeling
12151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12158 This is text with Noun on.
12165 , this is a logical attribute.
12166 Normally it's equivalent to
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12178 \begin_layout Labeling
12179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12184 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12185 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12189 \begin_inset space ~
12194 , which is the default
12195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12202 and means normally black, you can choose between
12235 \begin_inset Index idx
12238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12247 \begin_layout Labeling
12248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12253 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12254 the language of the document.
12255 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12261 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12265 \begin_inset space ~
12270 dialog, the settings are saved.
12271 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12272 \begin_inset Graphics
12273 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12278 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12279 when the dialog isn't visible.
12283 \begin_layout Standard
12284 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12291 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12292 (suppose you just set the shape to
12293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 \begin_inset space ~
12323 \begin_layout Standard
12324 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12332 \begin_inset space ~
12344 \begin_layout Itemize
12350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12357 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12375 \begin_inset Newline newline
12382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12407 \begin_inset Note Note
12410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12411 For more on phantoms see section
12412 \begin_inset space ~
12416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12418 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12428 \begin_inset Newline newline
12434 \begin_layout Itemize
12439 fonts use characters with serifs.
12440 These are the small
12441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12448 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12449 The following example will show the difference:
12450 \begin_inset Newline newline
12454 \begin_inset Newline newline
12459 text without serifs
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12465 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12466 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12473 \begin_layout Itemize
12479 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12480 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12483 \begin_layout Standard
12484 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12485 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12488 \begin_layout Section
12489 Printing and Previewing
12492 \begin_layout Subsection
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12497 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12498 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12499 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12500 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12501 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12503 Additional Features
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12510 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12511 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12512 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12513 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12514 This happens in two stages:
12517 \begin_layout Enumerate
12518 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12519 generating a file with the extension,
12520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12534 \begin_layout Enumerate
12535 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12539 file to produce printable output.
12543 \begin_layout Subsection
12544 Output file formats
12545 \begin_inset Index idx
12548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12557 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12566 \begin_inset Index idx
12569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12570 File formats ! ASCII
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 This file type has the extension
12580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12592 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12596 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12603 \begin_layout Standard
12604 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12606 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12607 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12615 \begin_inset Index idx
12618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12619 File formats ! LaTeX
12627 \begin_layout Standard
12628 This file type has the extension
12629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12640 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12642 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12643 it manually with console commands.
12644 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12645 you view or export your document.
12648 \begin_layout Standard
12649 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12652 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12671 \begin_inset Index idx
12674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12683 \begin_layout Standard
12684 This file type has the extension
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12706 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12707 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12713 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12714 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12715 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12717 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12724 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12730 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12732 \begin_inset Index idx
12735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12736 File formats ! PostScript
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 This file type has the extension
12746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12758 PostScript was developed by the company
12762 as a printer language.
12763 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12765 PostScript can be seen as a
12766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 programming language
12770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12778 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12784 \begin_inset Index idx
12787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12798 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12806 Encapsulated PostScript
12807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12810 (EPS, file extension
12811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12823 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12824 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12829 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12833 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12834 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12835 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12836 EPS to avoid this problem.
12839 \begin_layout Standard
12840 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12842 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12843 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12851 \begin_inset Index idx
12854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12861 \begin_inset Index idx
12864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12873 \begin_layout Standard
12874 This file type has the extension
12875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 Portable Document Format
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12899 was derived from PostScript.
12900 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12910 looks exactly the same.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 (JPG, file extension
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12950 Portable Network Graphics
12951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12954 (PNG, file extension
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12967 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12968 in the background to one of these formats.
12969 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12970 will slow down your workflow.
12971 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12974 \begin_layout Standard
12975 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12977 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12980 in three different ways:
12983 \begin_layout Description
12984 PDF This uses the program
12988 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12989 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12993 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12994 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12997 \begin_layout Description
12999 \begin_inset space ~
13002 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13006 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13010 \begin_layout Description
13012 \begin_inset space ~
13015 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13019 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13022 \begin_layout Standard
13023 We recommend to use
13026 \begin_inset space ~
13035 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13036 works without problems.
13041 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13044 \begin_layout Subsection
13046 \begin_inset Index idx
13049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13060 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13064 and choose a file type.
13065 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13068 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13071 you can use the toolbar button
13072 \begin_inset Graphics
13073 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13080 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13085 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13087 \begin_inset space ~
13093 \begin_inset Graphics
13094 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13100 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13104 \begin_inset Graphics
13105 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13112 arg "buffer-view ps"
13118 \begin_layout Standard
13119 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13120 viewer window using the menu
13122 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13131 To have a real output, export your document.
13134 \begin_layout Subsection
13135 Printing the File from within LyX
13136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13138 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13146 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13147 it directly from within LyX.
13148 To print a file, select the menu
13150 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13153 or click on the toolbar button
13154 \begin_inset Graphics
13155 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13160 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13161 This file is then processed by the program
13165 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13170 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13175 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13176 printing one set to print on the other side.
13177 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13178 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13179 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 You can set the parameters in the
13186 \begin_inset space ~
13194 \begin_layout Labeling
13195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13200 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13205 Note that this printer name is for the program
13214 has to be configured for this printer name.
13215 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13216 \begin_inset space ~
13220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13222 reference "sub:Printer"
13231 The printer should understand PostScript.
13234 \begin_layout Labeling
13235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13240 The name of a file to print to.
13241 The output will be a PostScript file.
13242 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13246 \begin_layout Section
13247 A few Words about Typography
13248 \begin_inset Index idx
13251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13260 \begin_layout Subsection
13262 \begin_inset Index idx
13265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13274 \begin_layout Standard
13276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 character comes in four lengths: the
13299 , and the minus sign:
13300 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13306 \begin_layout Standard
13307 \begin_inset Tabular
13308 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13309 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13313 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13342 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13409 \begin_inset space ~
13412 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13419 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13446 \begin_inset space ~
13449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13470 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13504 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13510 \begin_layout Standard
13511 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 character multiple times in a row.
13524 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13525 the final output, but not in LyX.
13527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13557 \begin_layout Standard
13558 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13559 math mode and has a length of its own.
13560 Here are some examples of the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_layout Enumerate
13576 line- and page-breaks
13577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13587 \begin_layout Enumerate
13589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13599 \begin_layout Enumerate
13600 Oh — there's a dash.
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13626 \begin_layout Subsection
13628 \begin_inset Index idx
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13640 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13648 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13649 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13654 \begin_inset Index idx
13657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13663 following the rules of the document language
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13680 \begin_inset space ~
13687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13704 font and with unusual constructs, like
13705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13713 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13714 This is done with the menu
13716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13717 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13725 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13726 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13731 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 as hyphenation possibility.
13750 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13751 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13752 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13758 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13759 As LyX doesn't support
13765 , you have to use TeX Code.
13766 The result looks in LyX like:
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 \begin_inset Graphics
13771 filename clipart/mbox.png
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13786 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13793 \begin_layout Subsection
13795 \begin_inset Index idx
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13808 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13820 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13821 LaTeX then adds the
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13825 appropriate amount of space
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13830 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13832 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13837 not work in all cases.
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13851 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 Here are some examples of
13859 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13862 \begin_layout Itemize
13867 \begin_layout Itemize
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13882 this is too much space!
13885 \begin_layout Itemize
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13891 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13895 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13898 \begin_layout Enumerate
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13907 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13908 \begin_inset space ~
13912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13914 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13919 \begin_inset Index idx
13922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13923 Spaces ! inter-word
13931 \begin_layout Enumerate
13935 \begin_inset space ~
13940 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13941 \begin_inset space ~
13945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13947 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13952 \begin_inset Index idx
13955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13964 \begin_layout Enumerate
13968 \begin_inset space ~
13972 \begin_inset space ~
13976 \begin_inset space ~
13983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13990 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13991 This function is also bound to
13994 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14000 \begin_layout Standard
14001 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14004 \begin_layout Itemize
14006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14010 \begin_inset space \space{}
14013 this is too much space!
14016 \begin_layout Itemize
14017 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14021 \begin_layout Standard
14022 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14023 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14024 will take care of this.
14027 \begin_layout Standard
14028 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14032 \begin_inset space ~
14037 feature described in section
14043 Additional Features
14048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14050 \begin_inset Index idx
14053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14054 Typography ! Quotes
14060 \begin_inset Index idx
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14096 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14097 and use a closing quote at the end.
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14107 The keyboard character,
14111 , generates this automatically.
14114 \begin_layout Standard
14115 You can change the behavior of the
14119 key using the submenu
14125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14129 \begin_inset Index idx
14132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14133 Document ! Settings
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14142 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14147 There are six choices:
14150 \begin_layout Labeling
14151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14163 Use quotes like this
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 \begin_inset Quotes els
14176 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14182 \begin_layout Labeling
14183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14186 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14196 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14200 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14204 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14210 \begin_layout Labeling
14211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14214 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14218 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14224 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14228 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14232 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14236 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14242 \begin_layout Labeling
14243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14246 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14256 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14260 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14264 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14268 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14274 \begin_layout Labeling
14275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14278 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14288 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14296 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14300 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14306 \begin_layout Labeling
14307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14310 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14314 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14320 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14324 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14328 \begin_inset Quotes als
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14338 \begin_layout Standard
14339 These settings affect what character the
14346 \begin_layout Subsection
14348 \begin_inset Index idx
14351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14352 Typography ! Ligatures
14358 \begin_inset Index idx
14361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14392 name "sub:Ligatures"
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14400 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14401 print them as single characters.
14402 These groups are known as
14407 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14409 Here are the standard ligatures:
14412 \begin_layout Itemize
14416 \begin_layout Itemize
14420 \begin_layout Itemize
14424 \begin_layout Itemize
14428 \begin_layout Itemize
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14438 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14446 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14462 To break a ligature, use
14464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14465 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14467 \begin_inset space ~
14474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14485 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14502 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14510 \begin_layout Subsection
14512 \begin_inset Index idx
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14524 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14532 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14533 characters in different sizes and heights.
14534 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14535 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14555 \begin_inset Note Note
14558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14559 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14568 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14573 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14577 \begin_layout Description
14578 LyX The name of the game, write
14579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 \begin_layout Description
14601 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14623 \begin_layout Description
14624 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14646 \begin_layout Description
14647 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14675 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14683 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14684 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14685 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14688 : The actual version is
14689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14696 , the previous one was
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 \begin_layout Standard
14708 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14713 \begin_inset space \space{}
14716 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14718 This will look in LyX like:
14719 \begin_inset Graphics
14720 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14726 \begin_inset Newline newline
14729 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14730 \begin_inset space ~
14734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14736 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14743 \begin_layout Subsection
14745 \begin_inset Index idx
14748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14759 space between two words.
14760 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14770 for units use the menu
14772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14773 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14775 \begin_inset space ~
14783 arg "space-insert thin"
14789 \begin_layout Standard
14790 Here's an example to show the differences:
14793 \begin_layout Standard
14794 \begin_inset Tabular
14795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14796 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14797 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14798 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14805 \begin_inset space ~
14809 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 space between number and unit
14828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14837 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 half space between number and unit
14862 \begin_layout Subsection
14864 \begin_inset Index idx
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14877 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14879 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14880 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14881 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14882 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14883 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14884 These bits of text became known as
14895 \begin_layout Standard
14896 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14897 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14898 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14899 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14900 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14901 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14902 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14907 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14908 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14909 \begin_inset space ~
14913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14915 key "latexcompanion"
14920 \begin_inset space ~
14924 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14930 ] may have more information.
14931 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14934 \begin_layout Chapter
14935 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14938 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14946 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14951 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14954 \begin_layout Section
14956 \begin_inset Index idx
14959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14975 \begin_layout Standard
14976 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14979 \begin_layout Description
14981 \begin_inset space ~
14984 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14985 \begin_inset Newline newline
14989 \begin_inset Note Note
14992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14993 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15001 \begin_layout Description
15002 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15003 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15005 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15006 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15007 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15010 \begin_inset Newline newline
15014 \begin_inset Note Comment
15017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15018 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15026 \begin_layout Description
15028 \begin_inset space ~
15031 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15032 \begin_inset Newline newline
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15049 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15050 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15051 How this can be done is explained in the
15060 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15066 \begin_inset Newline newline
15070 \begin_inset Newline newline
15073 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15074 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15078 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15079 \begin_inset Graphics
15080 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15082 scaleBeforeRotation
15088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15092 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15095 \begin_layout Section
15097 \begin_inset Index idx
15100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15109 name "sec:Footnotes"
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15117 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15123 or the toolbar button
15124 \begin_inset Graphics
15125 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15138 \begin_inset Graphics
15139 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15148 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15177 label, the box will
15181 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15182 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15195 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15212 Here's an example footnote:
15220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15221 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15230 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15231 position where the footnote box is placed.
15232 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15233 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15234 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15235 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15236 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15241 ey are described in the
15248 \begin_layout Section
15250 \begin_inset Index idx
15253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15262 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15270 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15271 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15275 \begin_inset space ~
15280 or the toolbar button
15281 \begin_inset Graphics
15282 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15309 appearing within your text.
15310 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15319 \begin_layout Standard
15320 At the side is an example marginal note.
15324 \begin_inset Marginal
15327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15328 This is a marginal note.
15336 \begin_layout Standard
15337 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15338 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15339 pages, right on odd pages.
15342 \begin_layout Section
15343 Graphics and Images
15344 \begin_inset Index idx
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 \begin_inset Index idx
15357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15366 name "sec:Graphics"
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15375 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15376 \begin_inset Graphics
15377 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15387 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15390 \begin_layout Standard
15391 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15396 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15397 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15399 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15400 \begin_inset space ~
15404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15406 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15413 \begin_layout Standard
15418 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15419 of the image in the output.
15420 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15428 \begin_inset space ~
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15441 \begin_inset space ~
15445 \begin_inset space ~
15450 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15451 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15459 \begin_layout Standard
15462 LaTeX and LyX options
15464 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15465 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15469 \begin_inset space ~
15474 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15475 with the image size is printed.
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15483 \begin_inset space ~
15487 \begin_inset space ~
15492 is explained in the
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15505 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15507 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15513 \begin_inset Graphics
15514 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15516 rotateOrigin center
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15524 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15525 the image into a float, see section
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15532 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15539 \begin_layout Subsection
15541 \begin_inset Index idx
15544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15553 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15561 You can insert images in any known file format.
15562 But as we explained in section
15563 \begin_inset space ~
15567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15569 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15573 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15574 LyX uses therefore the program
15578 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15579 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15580 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15587 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15595 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15598 \begin_layout Description
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15603 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15604 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15605 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15609 Graphics Interchange Format
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15613 (GIF, file extension
15614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 \begin_inset Index idx
15629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15661 Portable Network Graphics
15662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15665 (PNG, file extension
15666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15678 \begin_inset Index idx
15681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15713 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15717 (JPG, file extension
15718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 \begin_inset Index idx
15745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Description
15778 \begin_inset space ~
15781 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15783 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15784 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15785 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15786 \begin_inset Newline newline
15789 Scalable image formats can be
15790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15793 Scalable Vector Graphics
15794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15797 (SVG, file extension
15798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15810 \begin_inset Index idx
15813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15845 Encapsulated PostScript
15846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15849 (EPS, file extension
15850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15862 \begin_inset Index idx
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15897 Portable Document Format
15898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15901 (PDF, file extension
15902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15914 \begin_inset Index idx
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15925 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15926 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15940 \begin_layout Standard
15941 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15945 \begin_layout Subsection
15946 Grouping of Image Settings
15947 \begin_inset Index idx
15950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 Images ! Settings grouping
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15960 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15962 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15963 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15965 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15966 need to manually change each of them.
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15971 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15974 \begin_inset space ~
15979 field in the Graphics dialog.
15980 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15981 by checking the name of the desired group.
15984 \begin_layout Section
15986 \begin_inset Index idx
15989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16006 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16007 \begin_inset Graphics
16008 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16019 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16020 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16021 from the rest of the table.
16022 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16023 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16025 Here's an example table:
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16030 \begin_inset Tabular
16031 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16032 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16236 \begin_layout Subsection
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16241 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16242 brings up the table dialog.
16243 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16244 where the cursor is placed currently.
16245 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16246 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16247 done on all of your selection.
16250 \begin_layout Standard
16251 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16254 \begin_inset space ~
16259 helps you in setting table properties.
16260 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16263 \begin_layout Standard
16267 \begin_inset space ~
16272 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16273 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16274 current cell respectively.
16275 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16277 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16278 of text, see section
16279 \begin_inset space ~
16283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16285 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16293 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16299 This will merge the cells to
16303 cell, spread over more than one column.
16304 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16305 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16306 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16307 in the last row without the upper border:
16310 \begin_layout Standard
16312 \begin_inset Tabular
16313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16314 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16316 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 \begin_layout Standard
16450 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16451 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16452 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16453 explained in the tables section of the
16456 \begin_inset space ~
16462 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16466 degrees counterclockwise.
16467 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16470 \begin_layout Standard
16471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 Most DVI-viewers are
16483 able to display rotations.
16491 \begin_layout Standard
16496 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16501 adds lines for all cell borders.
16504 \begin_layout Subsection
16506 \begin_inset Index idx
16509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 Tables ! Longtables
16516 \begin_inset Index idx
16519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16529 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16536 \begin_inset space ~
16545 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16546 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16549 \begin_layout Description
16554 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16555 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16556 except for the first page, if
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16567 \begin_layout Description
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16576 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16577 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16580 \begin_layout Description
16585 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16586 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16587 except for the last page, if
16590 \begin_inset space ~
16598 \begin_layout Description
16602 \begin_inset space ~
16607 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16608 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16611 \begin_layout Description
16612 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16613 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16619 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16622 \begin_inset space ~
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16631 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16632 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16633 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16634 The others will then be defined as
16639 In this context, first means first in this order:
16642 \begin_inset space ~
16654 \begin_inset space ~
16660 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16663 \begin_layout Standard
16665 \begin_inset Tabular
16666 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16667 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16668 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16669 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16670 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16671 <row endfirsthead="true">
16672 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16683 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <row endfirsthead="true">
16703 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 <row endhead="true">
16736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <row endhead="true">
16767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <row endfoot="true">
16800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <row endlastfoot="true">
18782 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 \begin_layout Subsection
18821 \begin_inset Index idx
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18833 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18840 \begin_layout Standard
18841 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18842 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18843 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18844 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18848 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18849 for the cell's paragraph.
18852 \begin_layout Standard
18853 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18854 for the column in the table dialog.
18855 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18856 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18860 \begin_layout Standard
18862 \begin_inset Tabular
18863 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18864 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18866 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 This is longer now.
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19069 This is longer now.
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 \begin_layout Standard
19101 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19102 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19108 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19114 Selection with the mouse or with
19118 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19119 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19120 the selection from outside the table.
19123 \begin_layout Section
19125 \begin_inset Index idx
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19144 \begin_layout Standard
19145 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19146 have a fixed location.
19148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19155 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19163 \begin_inset space ~
19168 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19169 too many notes on the page.
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19173 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19174 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19175 and pages without text.
19176 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19177 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19178 Floats are therefore numbered.
19179 Referencing is described in section
19180 \begin_inset space ~
19184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19186 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19193 \begin_layout Standard
19194 To insert a float, use the menu
19196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19200 A box with a caption that has e.
19201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19205 \begin_inset space \space{}
19209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19213 \begin_inset space ~
19217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19220 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19221 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19223 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19224 \begin_inset Index idx
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19234 paragraph within the float.
19235 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19236 by left-clicking on the box label.
19237 A closed float box looks like this:
19238 \begin_inset Graphics
19239 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19244 – a gray button with a red label.
19247 \begin_layout Standard
19248 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19249 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19252 \begin_layout Subsection
19256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19258 \begin_inset Index idx
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 Floats ! Figure floats
19268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19270 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19277 \begin_layout Standard
19280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19281 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19284 inserts a float with the label
19285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19291 \begin_inset space ~
19297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19301 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19302 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19303 This is what we did for Figure
19304 \begin_inset space ~
19308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19310 reference "cap:Platypus"
19315 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19316 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19317 This was done in Figure
19318 \begin_inset space ~
19322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19324 reference "cap:Escher"
19331 \begin_layout Standard
19332 \begin_inset Float figure
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 \begin_inset Graphics
19340 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19342 rotateOrigin center
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 \begin_inset Caption
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19355 name "cap:Platypus"
19359 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19372 \begin_layout Standard
19373 \begin_inset Float figure
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 \begin_inset Caption
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 \begin_inset Graphics
19400 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19402 rotateOrigin center
19414 \begin_layout Standard
19415 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19417 As described in section
19418 \begin_inset space ~
19422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19424 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19428 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19433 and refer to it using the menu
19435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19439 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19448 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19460 \begin_layout Standard
19461 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19462 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19463 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19464 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19466 \begin_inset space ~
19470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19472 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19476 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19477 You can also set the images one below the other.
19479 \begin_inset space ~
19483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19485 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19492 reference "fig:Platypus"
19496 are the subfigures.
19499 \begin_layout Standard
19500 \begin_inset Float figure
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19510 \begin_inset Float figure
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset Caption
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19521 name "fig:Undefinable"
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 \begin_inset Graphics
19535 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19550 \begin_inset Float figure
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset Caption
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19561 name "fig:Platypus"
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 \begin_inset Graphics
19575 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 \begin_inset Caption
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19599 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19603 Two distorted images.
19616 \begin_layout Standard
19617 Note that the caption is added to the
19620 \begin_inset space ~
19624 \begin_inset space ~
19629 as described in section
19630 \begin_inset space ~
19634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19636 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19645 \begin_inset Index idx
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 Floats ! Table floats
19657 \begin_layout Standard
19658 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19661 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19665 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19668 \begin_inset space ~
19672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19674 reference "cap:Table-float"
19678 is an example of a table float.
19681 \begin_layout Standard
19682 \begin_inset Float table
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 \begin_inset Caption
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19693 name "cap:Table-float"
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 \begin_inset Tabular
19708 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19709 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19839 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19862 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19906 \begin_inset Index idx
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919 This float type is inserted with the menu
19921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19922 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19926 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19927 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19931 , described in section
19932 \begin_inset space ~
19936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19938 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19946 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19960 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19963 \begin_layout Standard
19968 floatname{algorithm}{your
19969 \begin_inset space ~
19975 \begin_layout Standard
19976 to the document preamble (menu
19978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19985 \begin_inset space ~
19991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20005 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20007 \begin_inset Index idx
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20019 \begin_layout Standard
20020 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 \begin_inset Graphics
20029 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20031 rotateOrigin center
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 \begin_inset Caption
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20044 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20048 This is a wrapped figure.
20049 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20062 This float type is used if you want to
20063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20070 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20072 It can be inserted using the menu
20074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20075 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20077 \begin_inset space ~
20082 if the LaTeX-package
20087 \begin_inset Index idx
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20104 \begin_inset space ~
20114 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20117 \begin_inset space ~
20121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20123 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20127 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 Available units are explained in Appendix
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20143 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20152 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20170 \begin_inset space \space{}
20173 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20174 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20183 \begin_layout Itemize
20184 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20185 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20186 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20187 page breaks will appear.
20190 \begin_layout Itemize
20191 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20192 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20195 \begin_layout Itemize
20196 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20197 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20200 \begin_layout Itemize
20201 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20204 \begin_layout Subsection
20206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20208 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20213 \begin_inset Index idx
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20227 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20231 \begin_inset space ~
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20241 have a multi-column document).
20242 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20251 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20252 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20260 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20261 format is also the same: Table
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20268 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20272 is an example of a rotated table float.
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20293 \begin_inset Float table
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 \begin_inset Caption
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20304 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 \begin_inset Tabular
20319 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20320 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 \begin_layout Subsection
20387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20389 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20394 \begin_inset Index idx
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 \begin_layout Standard
20407 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20408 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20409 \begin_inset Newline newline
20415 \begin_inset space ~
20420 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20421 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20422 \begin_inset Newline newline
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20433 is used to rotate floats, see section
20434 \begin_inset space ~
20438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20440 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20448 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20449 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20464 \begin_layout Description
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20470 \begin_inset space ~
20473 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20476 \begin_layout Description
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20482 \begin_inset space ~
20485 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20488 \begin_layout Description
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20497 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20500 \begin_layout Description
20502 \begin_inset space ~
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20509 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20512 \begin_layout Standard
20513 The order of the above option is
20518 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20526 \begin_inset space ~
20534 \begin_inset space ~
20538 \begin_inset space ~
20543 , and then the others.
20544 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20546 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20547 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 By default, each option has its own rules:
20554 \begin_layout Standard
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20567 only floats occupying less than 70
20568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20571 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20574 \begin_layout Standard
20578 \begin_inset space ~
20582 \begin_inset space ~
20587 : only floats occupying less than 30
20588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20591 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20594 \begin_layout Standard
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20607 : only if more than 50
20608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20611 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20616 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20624 \begin_inset space ~
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20634 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20635 For this case you can use the option
20638 \begin_inset space ~
20644 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20646 Because the float is then no longer able to
20647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20654 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20658 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20659 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20667 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20674 \begin_layout Section
20676 \begin_inset Index idx
20679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20688 name "sec:Minipages"
20695 \begin_layout Standard
20696 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20698 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20699 \begin_inset space ~
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20713 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20714 and its alignment within the page.
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20719 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20728 height_special "totalheight"
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 This is a minipage.
20735 The text is set in an italic style.
20738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20741 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20742 another formatting.
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20754 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20758 as described in section
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20765 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20770 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20786 height_special "totalheight"
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20790 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20791 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20801 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20810 height_special "totalheight"
20813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20815 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20823 \begin_layout Standard
20824 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20832 to other box types.
20833 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20844 \begin_layout Chapter
20845 Mathematical Formulas
20846 \begin_inset Index idx
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 \begin_inset Index idx
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20890 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20898 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20903 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20906 \begin_layout Section
20908 \begin_inset Index idx
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20922 \begin_inset Graphics
20923 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20928 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20930 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20931 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20932 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20941 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20945 \begin_inset space ~
20950 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20954 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20955 line, like this one:
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 This is a line with an inline formula
20960 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20966 \begin_layout Standard
20967 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20968 paragraph, like this one:
20969 \begin_inset Formula \[
20974 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20984 \begin_inset space \space{}
20988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21001 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21002 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21006 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21009 \begin_inset space ~
21017 \begin_layout Subsection
21018 Navigating in Formulas
21019 \begin_inset Index idx
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 \begin_layout Standard
21032 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21033 achieved with the arrow keys.
21034 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21035 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21040 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21041 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21045 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21049 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21051 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21059 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21064 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21065 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21068 \begin_layout Standard
21073 , printed in this document as
21074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21095 \begin_inset Note Note
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21100 space character (visible space).
21105 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21106 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21107 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21112 For example, if you want
21113 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 , since in the latter case only the
21170 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21175 will be under the square root sign:
21176 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21183 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21185 \begin_inset Formula \[
21186 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21189 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21193 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21194 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21201 \begin_layout Standard
21202 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21203 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21207 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21208 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21209 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21210 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21211 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21214 \begin_layout Subsection
21215 Exponents and Subscripts
21216 \begin_inset Index idx
21219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21226 \begin_inset Index idx
21229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21239 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21240 way is to use a command.
21242 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21245 , type in a formula
21251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21267 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21273 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21277 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21307 , you have to use an extra
21311 to separate the hat and the character.
21313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21317 \begin_inset space \space{}
21321 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21342 Subscripts are similar: To get
21343 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21366 \begin_layout Subsection
21368 \begin_inset Index idx
21371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21380 \begin_layout Standard
21381 Create a fraction with either the command
21388 \begin_inset Graphics
21389 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21397 \begin_inset space ~
21403 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21404 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21405 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21410 To move back up, press
21415 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21416 \begin_inset Formula \[
21417 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21419 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21426 \begin_layout Subsection
21428 \begin_inset Index idx
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 \begin_layout Standard
21441 Roots can be created using the
21444 \begin_inset space ~
21450 \begin_inset Graphics
21451 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21474 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21480 produces always a square root.
21483 \begin_layout Subsection
21484 Operators with Limits
21485 \begin_inset Index idx
21488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21495 \begin_inset Index idx
21498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21507 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21516 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21520 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21523 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21524 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21525 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21526 The sum operator will automatically place its
21527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21534 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21537 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21541 \begin_inset Formula \[
21542 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21546 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21550 \begin_layout Standard
21551 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21553 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21554 behind the operator and hitting
21562 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21565 \begin_inset space ~
21569 \begin_inset space ~
21577 \begin_layout Standard
21578 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21586 feature as addition, such as
21587 \begin_inset Index idx
21590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21597 \begin_inset Formula \[
21598 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21602 which will place the
21603 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21615 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21616 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21630 Have a look at section
21631 \begin_inset space ~
21635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21637 reference "sub:Functions"
21641 for an explanation of function macros.
21644 \begin_layout Subsection
21646 \begin_inset Index idx
21649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21658 \begin_layout Standard
21659 Most math symbols can be found in the
21662 \begin_inset space ~
21667 under one of several categories; including
21684 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21688 \begin_layout Standard
21689 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21690 you don't have to use the
21693 \begin_inset space ~
21698 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21699 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21702 \begin_layout Subsection
21704 \begin_inset Index idx
21707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21716 \begin_layout Standard
21717 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21722 arg "space-insert protected"
21728 \begin_inset space ~
21734 \begin_inset Graphics
21735 filename ../images/math/space.png
21740 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21741 For example, the sequence
21746 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21750 \begin_inset Graphics
21751 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21756 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21757 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21758 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21759 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21761 Here are two examples:
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21774 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21790 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21796 \begin_layout Subsection
21798 \begin_inset Index idx
21801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21810 name "sub:Functions"
21817 \begin_layout Standard
21821 \begin_inset space ~
21826 contains under the button
21827 \begin_inset Graphics
21828 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21832 a number of function macros, such as
21833 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21837 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21845 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21852 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21853 avoid confusions, because
21854 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21858 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21867 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21871 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21879 s are placed, as described in section
21880 \begin_inset space ~
21884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21886 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21893 \begin_layout Subsection
21895 \begin_inset Index idx
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21907 \begin_layout Standard
21908 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21910 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21911 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21916 \begin_inset space \space{}
21920 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21923 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21924 Our example is entered by typing
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21945 \begin_inset space ~
21949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21951 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21955 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21958 \begin_layout Standard
21959 \begin_inset Float table
21964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 \begin_inset Caption
21967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21970 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21974 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 \begin_inset Tabular
21985 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21986 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22571 \begin_layout Standard
22572 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22575 \begin_inset space ~
22581 \begin_inset Graphics
22582 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22586 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22590 \begin_layout Section
22591 Brackets and Delimiters
22592 \begin_inset Index idx
22595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22602 \begin_inset Index idx
22605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22614 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22621 \begin_layout Standard
22622 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22623 For most purposes, using just the keys
22628 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22629 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22630 toolbar delimiter icon
22631 \begin_inset Graphics
22632 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22637 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22639 \begin_inset Formula \[
22640 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22642 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22646 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22647 \begin_inset Formula \[
22648 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22656 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22657 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22660 \begin_layout Standard
22661 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22662 left side and right side.
22663 If you use the option
22666 \begin_inset space ~
22671 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22672 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22673 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22674 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22679 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22680 inside the brackets.
22681 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22686 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22689 \begin_layout Section
22690 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22691 \begin_inset Index idx
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22701 \begin_inset Index idx
22704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 \begin_inset Index idx
22714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22727 \begin_inset space ~
22733 \begin_inset Graphics
22734 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22739 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22740 Here is an example:
22741 \begin_inset Formula \[
22742 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22745 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22749 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22750 \begin_inset space ~
22754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22756 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22761 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22762 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22763 This alignment is set in the box
22768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22816 for every column as default.
22817 For example, the sequence
22818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22829 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22830 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22831 corresponds to the relevant column.
22832 The result will look like this:
22833 \begin_inset Formula \[
22835 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22836 column & has & has\, right\\
22837 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22844 \begin_layout Standard
22845 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22848 arg "newline-insert newline"
22851 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22852 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22854 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22857 or the math toolbar.
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22862 It can be created with the menu
22864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22865 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22867 \begin_inset space ~
22879 Here is an example:
22880 \begin_inset Formula \[
22884 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22891 \begin_layout Standard
22892 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22895 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22898 arg "newline-insert newline"
22902 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22907 arg "newline-insert newline"
22910 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22918 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22919 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22920 A new row is created by every further hit of
22923 arg "newline-insert newline"
22927 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22928 Here is an example:
22929 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22930 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22931 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22935 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22936 where you want to start the shift and hit
22941 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22942 position to the next column.
22943 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22944 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22945 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22946 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22954 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22961 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22962 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22965 reference "eq:asquared"
22970 The other types are described in section
22971 \begin_inset space ~
22975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22977 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22984 \begin_layout Section
22985 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22986 \begin_inset Index idx
22989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22990 Math ! Formula numbering
22996 \begin_inset Index idx
22999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23000 Math ! Referencing formulas
23006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23008 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23019 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23021 \begin_inset space ~
23029 arg "math-number-toggle"
23033 The formula number appears in LyX as
23034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23041 within parentheses.
23043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23050 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23052 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23053 the document class.
23054 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23055 separated by a dot:
23056 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23057 1+1=2\end{equation}
23064 arg "math-number-toggle"
23067 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23068 You can only number displayed formulas.
23071 \begin_layout Standard
23072 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23075 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23077 \begin_inset space ~
23081 \begin_inset space ~
23085 \begin_inset space ~
23093 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23096 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23097 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23099 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23100 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23104 To number all lines use the shortcut
23107 arg "math-number-toggle"
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23114 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23117 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23118 A label is inserted with the menu
23120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23123 when the cursor is in the formula.
23124 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23125 It is recommended to use the proposed
23126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23137 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23138 type when you have many labels in your document.
23139 We inserted in the following example the label
23140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23147 in the second line:
23148 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23149 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23150 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23154 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23155 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23165 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23169 \begin_inset space ~
23175 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23176 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23177 as the formula number:
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23184 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23191 \begin_layout Standard
23192 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23193 \begin_inset space ~
23197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23199 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23204 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23210 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23215 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23223 \begin_layout Section
23224 User defined math macros
23225 \begin_inset Index idx
23228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23239 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23240 Math macros are explained in section
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23255 \begin_layout Section
23259 \begin_layout Subsection
23261 \begin_inset Index idx
23264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 \begin_layout Standard
23274 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23275 To set a font in a formula, use the
23278 \begin_inset space ~
23284 \begin_inset Graphics
23285 filename ../images/math/font.png
23289 , or enter its command, listed in table
23290 \begin_inset space ~
23294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23296 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23303 \begin_layout Standard
23304 \begin_inset Float table
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 \begin_inset Caption
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23315 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23319 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 \begin_inset Tabular
23330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23331 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23392 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23506 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23626 \begin_layout Standard
23627 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23628 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23633 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23634 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23635 Here an example where
23636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23647 denotes the set of numbers:
23648 \begin_inset Formula \[
23649 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23657 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23663 \begin_inset space \space{}
23675 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23679 \begin_inset Newline newline
23682 So it is better not to use this feature.
23685 \begin_layout Standard
23686 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23687 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23691 \begin_inset Newline newline
23694 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23700 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23701 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23714 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23717 \begin_layout Standard
23718 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23720 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23721 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23723 \begin_inset space ~
23731 \begin_layout Subsection
23733 \begin_inset Index idx
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23745 \begin_layout Standard
23746 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23748 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23752 \begin_inset space ~
23756 \begin_inset space ~
23764 \begin_inset space ~
23770 \begin_inset Graphics
23771 filename ../images/math/font.png
23782 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23783 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23784 Here is an example:
23785 \begin_inset Formula \[
23787 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23788 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23795 \begin_layout Subsection
23797 \begin_inset Index idx
23800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23810 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23811 automatically chosen in most situations.
23829 For most characters,
23837 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23838 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23843 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23844 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23846 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23847 \begin_inset Graphics
23848 filename ../images/math/style.png
23853 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23854 For example, you can set
23855 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23858 , which is normally in
23867 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23871 The four styles are used in the following example:
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23875 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23879 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23883 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23887 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23894 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23895 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23899 \begin_inset space ~
23904 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23905 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23906 will be adjusted to correspond.
23907 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23922 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23928 \begin_layout Section
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23933 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23934 the document classes and into layout modules.
23935 \begin_inset Index idx
23938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23944 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23945 other than the AMS classes.
23947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23949 reference "sub:Modules"
23953 for more on layout modules.
23956 \begin_layout Section
23958 \begin_inset Index idx
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23968 \begin_inset Index idx
23971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23982 (AMS) that are in common use.
23985 \begin_layout Subsection
23986 Enabling AMS-Support
23989 \begin_layout Standard
23990 Selecting the checkbox
23993 \begin_inset space ~
23997 \begin_inset space ~
24001 \begin_inset space ~
24008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24012 \begin_inset Index idx
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24016 Document ! Settings
24024 \begin_inset space ~
24029 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24031 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24032 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24035 \begin_layout Subsection
24037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24039 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24044 \begin_inset Index idx
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24048 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24056 \begin_layout Standard
24057 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24058 LyX allows you to choose between
24079 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24082 \begin_layout Chapter
24086 \begin_layout Section
24088 \begin_inset Index idx
24091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24100 name "sec:Cross-References"
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24108 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24109 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24111 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24112 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24113 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24116 \begin_layout Enumerate
24120 \begin_layout Enumerate
24121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24123 name "enu:Second-item"
24130 \begin_layout Enumerate
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24135 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24140 or by pressing the toolbar button
24141 \begin_inset Graphics
24142 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24148 A grey label box like this:
24149 \begin_inset Graphics
24150 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24155 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24156 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24191 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24196 \begin_inset space \space{}
24199 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24214 \begin_layout Standard
24215 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24217 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24220 or the toolbar button
24221 \begin_inset Graphics
24222 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24228 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24229 \begin_inset Graphics
24230 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24235 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24237 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24250 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24260 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24265 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24266 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24274 \begin_layout Standard
24275 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24276 \begin_inset space ~
24280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24282 reference "enu:Second-item"
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 It is recommended to use a protected space
24294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24295 described in section
24296 \begin_inset space ~
24300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24311 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24316 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24319 \begin_layout Description
24320 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24323 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24330 \begin_layout Description
24331 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24332 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24351 \begin_layout Description
24352 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24353 \begin_inset space ~
24357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24358 LatexCommand pageref
24359 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24366 \begin_layout Description
24368 \begin_inset space ~
24372 \begin_inset space ~
24375 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24377 LatexCommand vpageref
24378 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24385 \begin_layout Description
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24395 \begin_inset space ~
24398 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24402 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24409 \begin_layout Description
24411 \begin_inset space ~
24414 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24415 \begin_inset Newline newline
24419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24427 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24432 \begin_inset Index idx
24435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24436 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24450 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24451 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24457 \begin_inset space \space{}
24461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24477 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24478 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24482 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 You can only use the style
24491 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24495 is always possible.
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24500 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24501 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24502 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24509 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24529 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24531 The button text changes then to
24534 \begin_inset space ~
24539 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24540 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24541 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24542 \begin_inset Graphics
24543 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24545 rotateOrigin center
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24554 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24555 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24560 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24564 References are described in detail in the
24571 \begin_layout Section
24572 Table of Contents and other Listings
24573 \begin_inset Index idx
24576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 \begin_inset Index idx
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24602 \begin_layout Subsection
24604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24606 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24613 \begin_layout Standard
24614 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24619 \begin_inset space ~
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24629 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24630 If you click on it, the
24634 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24635 sections in your documents.
24636 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24638 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24641 that is described in sec.
24642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24648 reference "sec:Navigating"
24655 \begin_layout Standard
24656 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24657 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24659 \begin_inset space ~
24663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24665 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24669 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24671 \begin_inset space ~
24675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24677 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24681 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24683 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24686 \begin_layout Subsection
24687 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24690 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24699 You can insert them via the
24701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24703 \begin_inset space ~
24707 \begin_inset space ~
24713 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24716 \begin_layout Section
24717 URLs and Hyperlinks
24718 \begin_inset Index idx
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24728 \begin_inset Index idx
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24740 \begin_layout Subsection
24742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24752 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24761 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24762 \begin_inset Flex URL
24765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24782 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24795 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24803 \begin_layout Subsection
24805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24807 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24820 or with the toolbar button
24821 \begin_inset Graphics
24822 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24828 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24837 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24838 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24839 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24841 name "LyX's homepage"
24842 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24846 , an Email address like this:
24847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24849 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24850 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24855 , or a link to a file.
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24872 to the link target.
24875 \begin_layout Standard
24876 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24877 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24878 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24879 the text style dialog.
24880 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24886 name "LyX's homepage"
24887 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24899 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24901 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24906 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24908 \begin_inset Newline newline
24916 \begin_inset Newline newline
24923 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24926 \begin_layout Section
24928 \begin_inset Index idx
24931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24940 name "sec:Appendices"
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 Appendices are created with the menu
24950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24952 \begin_inset space ~
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24962 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24963 as the appendix region.
24964 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24969 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24970 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24971 and the subsection number.
24972 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24984 reference "cha:Credits"
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24995 reference "sub:Export"
25002 \begin_layout Section
25004 \begin_inset Index idx
25007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25016 name "sec:Bibliography"
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25024 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25025 You can include a bibliography database,
25029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25030 Known under the name
25031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25043 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25044 manually, using the paragraph environment
25048 , which was described in section
25049 \begin_inset space ~
25053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25055 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25060 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25061 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25065 use a bibliography database.
25068 \begin_layout Subsection
25069 The Bibliography Environment
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25077 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25079 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25088 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25090 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25099 , a short form of its title, as key.
25102 \begin_layout Standard
25103 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25108 or the toolbar button
25109 \begin_inset Graphics
25110 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25116 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25117 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25118 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25119 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25125 entry with surrounding brackets.
25130 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25131 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25146 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25151 key "latexcompanion"
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25159 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25169 \begin_layout Subsection
25170 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25171 \begin_inset Index idx
25174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25175 Bibliography ! Databases
25181 \begin_inset Index idx
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25185 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25193 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25209 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25210 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25215 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25217 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25218 your working field in a database.
25219 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25220 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25222 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 The database is a text file with the file extension
25228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25239 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25240 The format is explained in
25241 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25247 and in LaTeX books (
25248 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25250 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25255 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25256 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25257 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25258 \begin_inset Flex URL
25261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25263 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25272 To use a database, use the menu
25274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25279 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25298 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25299 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25302 Add bibliography to TOC
25304 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25309 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25325 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25326 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25327 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25329 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25335 For information how this is done, have a look at
25336 \begin_inset Newline newline
25340 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25342 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25355 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25360 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25363 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25391 \begin_inset space ~
25397 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25403 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25413 When you select the option
25415 Sectioned bibliography
25419 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25422 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25423 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25425 Customizing Bibliographies
25433 Additional Features
25438 \begin_layout Standard
25439 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25440 the two methods of creating them.
25441 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25442 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25443 We used the style file
25447 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25450 \begin_layout Subsection
25451 Bibliography layout
25452 \begin_inset Index idx
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25456 Bibliography ! Layout
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25465 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25466 For this feature you need to enable the option
25472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25476 \begin_inset Index idx
25479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25480 Document ! Settings
25490 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25491 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25492 in the previous section.
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25497 in the citation reference window.
25498 Here an example where we set the text
25499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25503 \begin_inset space ~
25507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25510 to appear after the reference:
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25515 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25518 key "latexcompanion"
25525 \begin_layout Section
25527 \begin_inset Index idx
25530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25546 \begin_layout Standard
25547 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25551 \begin_inset space ~
25556 or the toolbar button
25557 \begin_inset Graphics
25558 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25576 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25577 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25578 by LyX as the index entry.
25581 \begin_layout Standard
25582 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25583 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25587 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25595 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25599 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25603 \begin_inset space ~
25607 \begin_inset space ~
25610 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25612 \begin_inset space ~
25618 A light blue box labeled
25619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25630 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25631 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25634 \begin_layout Subsection
25635 Grouping Index Entries
25636 \begin_inset Index idx
25639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25651 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25652 lists under the entry
25653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25661 First we create the entry
25662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25670 \begin_inset space ~
25674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25676 reference "sub:Lists"
25681 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25682 \begin_inset space ~
25686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25688 reference "sec:Itemize"
25692 , we insert the command
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 for the enumerated list in section
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25719 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 The exclamation mark
25728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25735 marks the grouping levels.
25736 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25737 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25738 If we don't have an index entry for
25739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25749 \begin_layout Subsection
25751 \begin_inset Index idx
25754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25755 Index ! Page ranges
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25764 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25766 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25767 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25769 \begin_inset space ~
25773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25775 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25782 \begin_layout Standard
25785 Paragraph environments|(
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 and another entry at the end of section
25790 \begin_inset space ~
25794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25796 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25806 Paragraph environments|)
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25834 respectively start and end the index range.
25835 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25836 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25837 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25838 An example is the index entry
25839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25842 Document ! Settings
25843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25849 \begin_layout Subsection
25851 \begin_inset Index idx
25854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25855 Index ! Cross referencing
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25864 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25865 We referred for example in the index entry
25866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25874 \begin_inset space ~
25878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25880 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25884 ) to the index entry
25885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 in the same section using the entry
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25898 GIF|see{Image formats}
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25903 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25904 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25907 \begin_layout Subsection
25909 \begin_inset Index idx
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 Index ! Entry order
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25922 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25923 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25924 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25929 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25931 \begin_inset space ~
25935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25937 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25946 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25947 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25972 \begin_inset Index idx
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 Dummy entries ! maïs
25982 \begin_inset Index idx
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25986 Dummy entries ! maître
25992 \begin_inset Index idx
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25996 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26001 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26002 order maïs, maison, maître.
26003 To achieve this, we use the command
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26009 previous entry@current entry
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 In our case we want to have
26014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26029 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26032 \begin_layout Standard
26038 \begin_layout Standard
26039 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26040 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26045 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26052 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26057 to generate the index (see sec.
26058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26064 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26073 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26081 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26085 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26086 index commands start with
26087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26099 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26104 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26141 \begin_layout Subsection
26143 \begin_inset Index idx
26146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26147 Index ! Entry layout
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26157 \begin_inset Index idx
26160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 This is an italic dummy entry
26168 You can also format the page number using the character
26169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26176 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26177 We can write for example
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26183 italic page number:|textit
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26187 to get the page number in italic.
26188 \begin_inset Index idx
26191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26192 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26197 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 \begin_inset space ~
26221 Have a look at section
26222 \begin_inset space ~
26226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26228 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26232 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26236 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26244 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26248 to generate the index, see section
26249 \begin_inset space ~
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26255 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26264 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26265 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26270 key "latexcompanion"
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26285 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26286 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26287 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26288 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26289 If so, put the following in the preamble
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 in the index entry.
26316 \begin_inset Index idx
26319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26320 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26325 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26326 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26327 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26331 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26337 \begin_inset space \space{}
26340 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26341 for all index entries.
26342 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26354 documentation for details,
26355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26357 key "makeindex,xindy"
26364 \begin_layout Subsection
26366 \begin_inset Index idx
26369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26378 name "sub:Index-Program"
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26386 When the index entry program
26390 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26391 generation; otherwise the program
26395 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26396 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26397 dialog, see section
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26404 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26409 The available options are listed and explained in
26410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26412 key "makeindex,xindy"
26417 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26425 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26426 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26427 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26428 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26429 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26437 \begin_layout Section
26438 Nomenclature / Glossary
26439 \begin_inset Index idx
26442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26449 \begin_inset Index idx
26452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26483 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26490 \begin_layout Standard
26491 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26492 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26502 \begin_inset Index idx
26505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26506 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26512 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26519 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26523 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26524 and then use the menu
26526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26532 \begin_inset space ~
26537 or the toolbar button
26538 \begin_inset Graphics
26539 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26557 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26562 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26563 The second is the description of the symbol.
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26575 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26583 \begin_layout Subsection
26584 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26585 \begin_inset Index idx
26588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26589 Nomenclature ! Layout
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26602 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26608 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26616 \begin_inset Newline newline
26624 \begin_inset Newline newline
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26637 character starts/ends the formula.
26638 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26650 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26661 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26662 \begin_inset space ~
26666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26668 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26679 \begin_inset space ~
26684 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26685 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26690 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26697 in this document is:
26698 \begin_inset Newline newline
26703 dummy entry for the character
26708 \begin_inset Newline newline
26720 \begin_inset space ~
26730 font use the command
26759 \begin_layout Subsection
26760 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26761 \begin_inset Index idx
26764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26765 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26774 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26775 the symbol definition.
26776 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26777 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26780 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26781 LatexCommand nomenclature
26783 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26790 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26794 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26795 LatexCommand nomenclature
26798 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26803 They will be sorted by
26804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26830 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26833 will be sorted before the
26837 since the character
26838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26845 is considered in sorting.
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26852 \begin_inset space ~
26857 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26858 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26860 For the example given, you can insert
26864 in this field for the
26865 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26872 will be located before
26873 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26885 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26894 \begin_layout Subsection
26895 Nomenclature Options
26896 \begin_inset Index idx
26899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26900 Nomenclature ! Options
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26913 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26914 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26917 \begin_layout Description
26918 refeq Appends the phrase
26919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 to every nomenclature entry, where
26940 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26943 \begin_layout Description
26944 refpage Appends the phrase
26945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 to every nomenclature entry, where
26966 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26969 \begin_layout Description
26970 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26973 \begin_layout Standard
26974 There are furthermore the options
27018 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27024 class options list in the
27026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27030 In this document the option
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27038 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27044 \begin_layout Standard
27045 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27046 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27051 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27054 \begin_layout Description
27064 \begin_layout Description
27067 nomrefpage Like the
27074 \begin_layout Description
27077 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27086 \begin_layout Description
27090 \begin_inset space ~
27096 \begin_inset space ~
27101 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27104 \begin_layout Subsection
27105 Printing the Nomenclature
27106 \begin_inset Index idx
27109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27110 Nomenclature ! Printing
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27123 \begin_inset space ~
27127 \begin_inset space ~
27130 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27134 A light blue box labeled
27135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27146 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27147 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27160 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27168 For example, in order to change the name to
27172 , add the following line to the preamble:
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27183 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27194 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27195 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27198 \begin_layout Standard
27206 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27212 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27213 \begin_inset space ~
27217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27219 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27224 The default value is 1
27225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27231 \begin_layout Subsection
27232 Nomenclature Program
27233 \begin_inset Index idx
27236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27237 Nomenclature ! Program
27243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27245 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27253 LyX uses the program
27257 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27258 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27263 by adding options, see section
27264 \begin_inset space ~
27268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27270 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27275 The available options are listed and explained in
27276 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27278 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27285 \begin_layout Section
27287 \begin_inset Index idx
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27297 \begin_inset Index idx
27300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27301 Document ! Branches
27307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27309 name "sec:Branches"
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27318 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27319 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27320 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27324 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27325 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27326 To create a branch, go in the
27328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27336 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27337 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27342 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27347 where you can choose a branch.
27348 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27353 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27357 \begin_inset Branch Question
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27361 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27370 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27374 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27390 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27391 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27393 For example you can define for the question branch
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27398 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27399 \begin_inset space ~
27403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27405 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27427 \begin_layout Standard
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 and for the answer branch
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 \begin_inset Branch Question
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 Now it is possible to use the commands
27538 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27545 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27548 to obtain conditional output.
27549 Here is an example formula where only the
27556 \begin_inset Formula \[
27557 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27573 \begin_layout Section
27575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27577 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27582 \begin_inset Index idx
27585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27594 \begin_layout Standard
27599 dialog allows you in the
27603 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27604 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27609 \begin_inset Index idx
27612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27613 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27626 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27627 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27628 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27630 You can specify in the dialog tab
27634 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27636 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27637 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27646 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27647 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27648 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27650 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27651 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27653 \begin_inset space ~
27656 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27657 \begin_inset space ~
27660 1 will only display the sections.
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 The header information in the dialog tab
27668 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27669 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27674 \begin_inset space \space{}
27677 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27678 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27681 Automatic fill header
27683 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27684 title and author settings.
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27690 Load in fullscreen mode
27692 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27697 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27703 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27704 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27713 \begin_layout Section
27714 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27717 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27724 \begin_layout Subsection
27726 \begin_inset Index idx
27729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27738 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27746 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27747 constructs, but not all.
27748 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27749 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27750 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27751 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27752 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27759 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27763 \begin_inset space ~
27768 or by the toolbar button
27769 \begin_inset Graphics
27770 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27775 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27780 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27781 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27782 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27789 , you can write the command part
27795 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27799 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27800 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27801 the following example:
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27805 \begin_inset Graphics
27806 filename clipart/ERT.png
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27818 \begin_layout Standard
27819 This is a line with a
27823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27855 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27856 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27864 \begin_layout Subsection
27865 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27866 \begin_inset OptArg
27869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27876 \begin_inset Index idx
27879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27888 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27897 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27898 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27907 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27908 any time if you know the right commands.
27910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27914 \begin_inset space \space{}
27917 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27919 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27920 all caption labels bold.
27921 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27923 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27929 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27930 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27942 As result you know that the package
27947 \begin_inset Index idx
27950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27951 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27957 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27959 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27970 usepackage[options]{package name}
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27975 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27976 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 In your case the package name is
27985 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27990 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27991 So you add the command
27994 \begin_layout Standard
27999 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28003 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 For more commands provided by the
28012 package, have a look at its documentation,
28013 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28028 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28030 For example if you use a
28034 class, you don't need the package
28038 , you can instead write
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28046 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28053 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28054 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28061 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28066 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28068 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28069 the previous section.
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28073 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28075 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28077 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28085 \begin_layout Section
28086 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28089 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28094 \begin_inset Index idx
28097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28104 \begin_inset Index idx
28107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28117 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28118 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28119 to break your train of thought with
28121 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28129 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28134 \begin_inset Index idx
28137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28138 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28143 as explained below, and turn on
28146 \begin_inset space ~
28153 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28159 \begin_inset space ~
28163 \begin_inset space ~
28166 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28173 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28175 Previews of an already loaded document are
28179 generated just by selecting the
28182 \begin_inset space ~
28187 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28191 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28192 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28195 \begin_inset space ~
28200 check box in the insert dialog.
28201 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28206 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28210 (on some systems named simply
28215 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28217 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28223 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28224 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28232 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28237 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28244 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28250 \begin_inset space ~
28255 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28256 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28258 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28259 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28260 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28261 the source view window.
28264 \begin_layout Section
28266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28268 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28273 \begin_inset Index idx
28276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28286 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28287 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28304 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28310 can be seen as the successor to
28314 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28319 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28320 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28329 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28330 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28340 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28343 or the toolbar button
28344 \begin_inset Graphics
28345 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28350 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28351 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28352 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28353 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28354 scrolled so that it is visible.
28359 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28361 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28365 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28366 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28370 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28377 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28378 will bring an error message.
28379 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28380 specifying a different
28382 Alternative language
28384 in preferences dialog.
28387 \begin_layout Standard
28388 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28391 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28396 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28397 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28399 But you can use the
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28416 This does work with
28420 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28423 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28427 \begin_layout Standard
28432 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28435 \begin_layout Description
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28440 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28441 should consider, e.
28442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28446 \begin_inset space \space{}
28449 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28450 This should not normally be needed.
28453 \begin_layout Description
28455 \begin_inset space ~
28458 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28459 the spell checker's default choice
28462 \begin_layout Description
28464 \begin_inset space ~
28468 \begin_inset space ~
28471 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28483 \begin_layout Description
28485 \begin_inset space ~
28489 \begin_inset space ~
28492 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28501 also for the spellchecker.
28505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28506 The encodings are explained in section
28507 \begin_inset space ~
28511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28513 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28522 Only enable this if you use
28526 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28527 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28528 so this is disabled by default.
28531 \begin_layout Section
28533 \begin_inset Index idx
28536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28545 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28554 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28566 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28575 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28576 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28577 are available for many languages.
28580 \begin_layout Standard
28581 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28585 \begin_layout Subsection
28586 Setting up the thesaurus
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28594 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28599 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28604 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28610 en_EN for English).
28611 For instance, the English files are named:
28614 \begin_layout Itemize
28618 \begin_layout Itemize
28622 \begin_layout Standard
28623 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28624 already on your system.
28625 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28626 \begin_inset Flex URL
28629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28631 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28637 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28642 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28644 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28645 unpack a zip archive.
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28657 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28658 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28660 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28661 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28665 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28668 \begin_layout Subsection
28669 Using the thesaurus
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28673 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28675 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28678 or the toolbar button
28679 \begin_inset Graphics
28680 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28682 rotateOrigin center
28686 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28688 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28690 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28691 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28692 and hyponyms (such as
28700 ), compounds (such as
28704 ) and antonyms (such as
28712 ), which are marked as such.
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28717 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28722 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28723 the dictionary, such as the above
28727 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28732 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28733 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28734 For example looking up the word forms
28742 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28747 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28760 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28761 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28762 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28765 \begin_layout Subsection
28766 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28774 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28779 as a standalone program.
28780 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28781 The library was released under the
28783 Berkeley Database License
28785 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28786 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28787 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28789 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28792 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28796 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28799 \begin_layout Section
28801 \begin_inset Index idx
28804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28811 \begin_inset Index idx
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28815 Document ! Change Tracking
28821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28823 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28831 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28832 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28833 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28834 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28838 \begin_inset space ~
28841 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28852 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28861 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28864 \begin_inset space ~
28868 \begin_inset space ~
28878 \begin_inset Index idx
28881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28890 \begin_layout Standard
28891 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28892 \begin_inset Index idx
28895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 \begin_inset Graphics
28913 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28921 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 \begin_inset Tabular
28941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28942 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28943 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28944 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28950 \begin_inset Graphics
28951 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28953 rotateOrigin center
28962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28970 \begin_inset space ~
28973 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28975 \begin_inset space ~
28984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28989 \begin_inset Graphics
28990 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28992 rotateOrigin center
29001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29009 \begin_inset space ~
29012 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 \begin_inset space ~
29018 \begin_inset space ~
29022 \begin_inset space ~
29031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29036 \begin_inset Graphics
29037 filename ../images/change-next.png
29038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29039 rotateOrigin center
29048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 Jumps to the next change
29058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 \begin_inset Graphics
29064 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29066 rotateOrigin center
29075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29083 \begin_inset space ~
29086 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29088 \begin_inset space ~
29097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 \begin_inset Graphics
29103 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29104 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29105 rotateOrigin center
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29122 \begin_inset space ~
29125 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29127 \begin_inset space ~
29136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29141 \begin_inset Graphics
29142 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29144 rotateOrigin center
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29159 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29161 \begin_inset space ~
29164 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 \begin_inset Graphics
29181 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29183 rotateOrigin center
29192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29198 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29200 \begin_inset space ~
29203 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29205 \begin_inset space ~
29209 \begin_inset space ~
29218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29223 \begin_inset Graphics
29224 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29226 rotateOrigin center
29235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29246 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29248 \begin_inset space ~
29252 \begin_inset space ~
29261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29266 \begin_inset Graphics
29267 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29269 rotateOrigin center
29278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29285 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29287 \begin_inset space ~
29296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29301 \begin_inset Graphics
29302 filename ../images/note-next.png
29303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29304 rotateOrigin center
29313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29319 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29321 \begin_inset space ~
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29338 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29346 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29347 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29348 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29349 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29350 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29351 step to the next change.
29352 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29355 \begin_layout Standard
29356 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29357 to describe a change.
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29361 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29366 \begin_inset Index idx
29369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29370 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29376 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29377 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29383 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29386 \begin_layout Section
29387 International Support
29388 \begin_inset Index idx
29391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 International support
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29401 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29402 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29403 how to set up LyX to use them:
29404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29406 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29413 \begin_layout Standard
29414 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29421 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29428 \begin_layout Subsection
29430 \begin_inset Index idx
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 \begin_inset Index idx
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29444 Document ! Settings
29450 \begin_inset Index idx
29453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29454 Document ! Language
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29468 dialog lets you set
29470 the language and character encoding for your language.
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29475 Choose your language in the
29479 section of this dialog.
29487 \begin_layout Standard
29492 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29497 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29498 For details about the different encoding options see section
29499 \begin_inset space ~
29503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29505 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29512 \begin_layout Subsection
29513 Keyboard mapping configuration
29514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29516 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29523 \begin_layout Standard
29524 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29525 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29526 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29527 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29528 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29530 \begin_inset space ~
29534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29536 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29541 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29542 which one you want to use.
29545 \begin_layout Standard
29546 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29547 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29548 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29549 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29550 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29551 one to support the characters you want.
29552 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29559 \begin_layout Subsection
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29565 \begin_inset space ~
29569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29571 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29580 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29584 \begin_layout Standard
29585 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29586 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29594 \begin_layout Itemize
29595 Even if you have selected
29601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29604 dialog, users who have only the
29608 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29612 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29613 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29614 french quotes won't show up.
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29618 \begin_inset Float table
29623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 \begin_inset Caption
29626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29629 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 \begin_inset Tabular
29648 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29649 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29666 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34080 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34082 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34083 also the characters from
34095 \begin_layout Itemize
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34105 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34106 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34112 \begin_layout Standard
34113 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34114 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34121 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34122 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34128 \begin_layout Standard
34129 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34130 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34144 \begin_layout Standard
34146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34152 \begin_layout Standard
34154 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34161 \begin_layout Itemize
34174 \begin_layout Standard
34176 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34184 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34190 \begin_layout Standard
34192 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34208 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34214 \begin_layout Standard
34216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34224 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34225 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34226 Also make sure you're using the
34233 \begin_layout Chapter
34236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34238 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34245 \begin_layout Standard
34246 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34247 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34248 inside the user's guide.
34251 \begin_layout Section
34253 \begin_inset Index idx
34256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34265 \begin_layout Standard
34270 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34271 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34274 \begin_layout Subsection
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 Creates a new document.
34282 \begin_layout Subsection
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34288 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34289 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34292 \begin_layout Subsection
34296 \begin_layout Standard
34300 \begin_layout Subsection
34304 \begin_layout Standard
34305 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34306 Click there on a file to open it.
34309 \begin_layout Subsection
34313 \begin_layout Standard
34314 Closes the current document.
34317 \begin_layout Subsection
34321 \begin_layout Standard
34322 Saves the actual document.
34325 \begin_layout Subsection
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34330 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34333 \begin_layout Subsection
34337 \begin_layout Standard
34338 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34341 \begin_layout Subsection
34345 \begin_layout Standard
34346 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34347 It is described in the section
34349 Version Control in LyX
34353 Additional Features
34358 \begin_layout Subsection
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34363 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34364 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34365 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34368 \begin_layout Standard
34369 When using the menu
34372 \begin_inset space ~
34376 \begin_inset space ~
34381 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34382 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34383 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34384 will start a new paragraph.
34387 \begin_layout Subsection
34389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34398 \begin_layout Standard
34399 You can export your document to various file formats.
34400 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34401 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34402 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34405 \begin_layout Standard
34406 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34408 \begin_inset space ~
34412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34414 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34421 \begin_layout Description
34425 \begin_inset space ~
34430 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34431 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34434 \begin_layout Description
34442 \begin_layout Description
34443 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34447 \begin_layout Description
34449 \begin_inset space ~
34453 \begin_inset space ~
34456 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34460 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34468 \begin_layout Description
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34488 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34489 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34493 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34496 \begin_layout Description
34503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34511 \begin_inset space ~
34516 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34517 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34525 \begin_layout Description
34527 \begin_inset space ~
34530 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34538 is replaced by the version number)
34541 \begin_layout Description
34542 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34555 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34559 \begin_layout Description
34564 PDF-format using the program
34569 \begin_layout Description
34573 \begin_inset space ~
34578 PDF-format using the program
34583 \begin_layout Description
34587 \begin_inset space ~
34592 PDF-format using the program
34597 \begin_layout Description
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34609 \begin_layout Description
34613 \begin_inset space ~
34617 \begin_inset space ~
34622 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34623 and then exported as text using the program
34628 \begin_layout Description
34633 PostScript format using the program
34638 \begin_layout Description
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34651 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34652 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34658 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34662 If one of the menu entries
34669 \begin_inset space ~
34678 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34679 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34680 \begin_inset space ~
34684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34686 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34691 \begin_inset Index idx
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34695 Reconfiguration of LyX
34703 \begin_layout Standard
34708 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34709 the export program.
34712 \begin_layout Subsection
34716 \begin_layout Standard
34717 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34718 or send it to a printer.
34719 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34720 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34726 For more information have a look at section
34727 \begin_inset space ~
34731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34733 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34740 \begin_layout Subsection
34741 New and Close Window
34744 \begin_layout Standard
34745 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34746 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34749 \begin_layout Section
34751 \begin_inset Index idx
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34763 \begin_layout Subsection
34767 \begin_layout Standard
34768 Described in section
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34775 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34782 \begin_layout Subsection
34783 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34786 \begin_layout Standard
34787 Described in section
34788 \begin_inset space ~
34792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34794 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34801 \begin_layout Subsection
34805 \begin_layout Standard
34806 Selects the whole document.
34809 \begin_layout Subsection
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 Described in section
34815 \begin_inset space ~
34819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34821 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34828 \begin_layout Subsection
34829 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34832 \begin_layout Standard
34833 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34837 \begin_layout Subsection
34841 \begin_layout Standard
34842 Described in section
34843 \begin_inset space ~
34847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34849 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34856 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 \begin_inset Index idx
34861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 Paragraph ! Settings
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34871 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34873 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34877 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34878 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34881 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34887 \begin_inset space ~
34895 \begin_layout Subsection
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34902 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34903 The properties of tables are described in section
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sec:Tables"
34914 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34915 \begin_inset space ~
34919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34921 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34929 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34935 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34936 \begin_inset space ~
34940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34942 reference "sec:Nesting"
34947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34949 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34956 \begin_layout Section
34958 \begin_inset Index idx
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 \begin_layout Standard
34975 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34976 document with an external program.
34977 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34978 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34979 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34986 reference "sub:Export"
34991 You should at least see the menu entries
34998 \begin_inset space ~
35004 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35005 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35006 \begin_inset space ~
35010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35012 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35017 \begin_inset Index idx
35020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 Reconfiguration of LyX
35029 \begin_layout Standard
35030 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35031 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35032 \begin_inset space ~
35036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35038 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35043 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35047 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35050 At the bottom of the
35054 menu the opened documents are listed.
35057 \begin_layout Subsection
35058 Open/Close all Insets
35061 \begin_layout Standard
35062 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35065 \begin_layout Subsection
35066 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35069 \begin_layout Standard
35070 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35073 \begin_layout Standard
35074 Math macros are described in the
35081 \begin_layout Subsection
35085 \begin_layout Standard
35086 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35088 \begin_inset space ~
35092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35094 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35101 \begin_layout Subsection
35105 \begin_layout Standard
35106 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35107 opening a new view window.
35110 \begin_layout Subsection
35114 \begin_layout Standard
35115 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35116 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35117 the same document, but at different positions.
35118 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35119 or more documents the same time.
35120 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35127 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Standard
35132 Closes a split view.
35135 \begin_layout Subsection
35139 \begin_layout Standard
35140 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35141 that you will see nothing than your text.
35142 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35143 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35144 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35147 \begin_layout Subsection
35149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35151 name "sub:Toolbars"
35156 \begin_inset Index idx
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 \begin_layout Standard
35169 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35170 All toolbars and the
35173 \begin_inset space ~
35178 can be turned on and off.
35183 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35195 \begin_inset space ~
35204 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35208 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35220 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35224 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35225 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35226 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35227 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35228 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35239 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35246 \begin_layout Section
35248 \begin_inset Index idx
35251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 \begin_layout Subsection
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35265 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35266 \begin_inset space ~
35270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35272 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35283 \begin_layout Subsection
35285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35287 name "sub:Special-Character"
35294 \begin_layout Standard
35295 Here you can insert the following characters:
35298 \begin_layout Description
35299 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35300 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35301 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35302 \begin_inset Newline newline
35306 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 Not all characters will be visible in the
35318 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35326 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35330 ) can display every character.
35338 \begin_layout Description
35339 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35343 \begin_layout Description
35345 \begin_inset space ~
35349 \begin_inset space ~
35352 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35353 \begin_inset space ~
35357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35359 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35366 \begin_layout Description
35368 \begin_inset space ~
35371 Quote Inserts this quote:
35372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35375 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35377 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35387 \begin_layout Description
35389 \begin_inset space ~
35392 Quote Inserts this quote:
35393 \begin_inset Quotes els
35399 \begin_layout Description
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35404 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35408 \begin_layout Description
35410 \begin_inset space ~
35413 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35417 \begin_layout Description
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35422 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35426 \begin_layout Description
35428 \begin_inset space ~
35432 \begin_inset Index idx
35435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35442 \begin_inset Index idx
35445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35451 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35452 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35453 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35458 \begin_inset Index idx
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35468 \begin_inset Newline newline
35471 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35475 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35483 and this Wiki-page:
35484 \begin_inset Newline newline
35488 \begin_inset Flex URL
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35493 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35501 \begin_layout Subsection
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35506 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35509 \begin_layout Description
35510 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35511 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35517 \begin_layout Description
35518 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35519 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35525 \begin_layout Description
35527 \begin_inset space ~
35530 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35531 \begin_inset space ~
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35537 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35544 \begin_layout Description
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35549 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35550 \begin_inset space ~
35554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35556 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35563 \begin_layout Description
35565 \begin_inset space ~
35568 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35575 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35582 \begin_layout Description
35584 \begin_inset space ~
35587 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35594 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35601 \begin_layout Description
35603 \begin_inset space ~
35606 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35607 \begin_inset space ~
35611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35613 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35620 \begin_layout Description
35622 \begin_inset space ~
35625 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35632 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35639 \begin_layout Description
35641 \begin_inset space ~
35644 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35651 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35658 \begin_layout Description
35660 \begin_inset space ~
35663 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35670 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35677 \begin_layout Description
35679 \begin_inset space ~
35683 \begin_inset space ~
35686 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35687 \begin_inset space ~
35691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35693 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35700 \begin_layout Description
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35705 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35706 text line to the page border, see section
35707 \begin_inset space ~
35711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35713 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35720 \begin_layout Description
35722 \begin_inset space ~
35725 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35726 \begin_inset space ~
35730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35732 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35739 \begin_layout Description
35741 \begin_inset space ~
35744 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35745 text page to the page border, described in section
35746 \begin_inset space ~
35750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35752 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35759 \begin_layout Description
35761 \begin_inset space ~
35764 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35765 \begin_inset space ~
35769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35771 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35778 \begin_layout Description
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35784 \begin_inset space ~
35787 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35788 \begin_inset space ~
35792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35794 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35801 \begin_layout Subsection
35805 \begin_layout Standard
35806 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35807 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35809 \begin_inset space ~
35813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35815 reference "sec:toc"
35820 The index list is described in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sec:Index"
35831 , the nomenclature in section
35832 \begin_inset space ~
35836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35838 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35842 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35843 \begin_inset space ~
35847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35849 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35856 \begin_layout Subsection
35860 \begin_layout Standard
35861 To insert floats, described in section
35862 \begin_inset space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sec:Floats"
35875 \begin_layout Subsection
35879 \begin_layout Standard
35880 To insert notes, described in section
35881 \begin_inset space ~
35885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35887 reference "sec:Notes"
35894 \begin_layout Subsection
35898 \begin_layout Standard
35899 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35900 \begin_inset space ~
35904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35906 reference "sec:Branches"
35913 \begin_layout Subsection
35915 \begin_inset Index idx
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35927 \begin_layout Standard
35928 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35929 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35940 \begin_layout Subsection
35942 \begin_inset Index idx
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35956 \begin_inset space ~
35960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35962 reference "sec:Minipages"
35967 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35978 \begin_layout Subsection
35982 \begin_layout Standard
35983 Inserts a citation as described in section
35984 \begin_inset space ~
35988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35990 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35997 \begin_layout Subsection
36001 \begin_layout Standard
36002 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36003 \begin_inset space ~
36007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36009 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36016 \begin_layout Subsection
36020 \begin_layout Standard
36021 Inserts a label as described in section
36022 \begin_inset space ~
36026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36028 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36035 \begin_layout Subsection
36037 \begin_inset Index idx
36040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 \begin_inset Index idx
36050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 Longtables ! Caption
36059 \begin_layout Standard
36060 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36061 Floats are described in section
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36068 reference "sec:Floats"
36072 , captions in longtables are described in section
36083 \begin_layout Subsection
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36088 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36089 \begin_inset space ~
36093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36095 reference "sec:Index"
36102 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Standard
36107 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36108 \begin_inset space ~
36112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36114 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36121 \begin_layout Subsection
36125 \begin_layout Standard
36127 Tables are described in section
36128 \begin_inset space ~
36132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36134 reference "sec:Tables"
36141 \begin_layout Subsection
36145 \begin_layout Standard
36147 Graphics are described in section
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36154 reference "sec:Graphics"
36161 \begin_layout Subsection
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 Inserts an URL as described in section
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36173 reference "sub:URLs"
36180 \begin_layout Subsection
36184 \begin_layout Standard
36185 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36192 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36199 \begin_layout Subsection
36203 \begin_layout Standard
36204 Inserts a footnote, see section
36205 \begin_inset space ~
36209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36211 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36218 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36224 \begin_inset space ~
36228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36230 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36237 \begin_layout Subsection
36241 \begin_layout Standard
36242 Inserts a short title, see section
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36249 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36256 \begin_layout Subsection
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36262 \begin_inset space ~
36266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36268 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36275 \begin_layout Subsection
36277 \begin_inset Index idx
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36290 Inserts a program listings box.
36291 Program listings are explained in chapter
36293 Program Code Listings
36302 \begin_layout Subsection
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36307 Inserts the actual date.
36308 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36310 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36320 There the different methods are also compared.
36323 \begin_layout Section
36325 \begin_inset Index idx
36328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36338 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36339 \begin_inset space ~
36342 of the current document.
36343 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36346 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36351 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36352 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36358 \begin_inset space \space{}
36362 \begin_inset space ~
36366 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36367 \begin_inset space ~
36370 2.5 and use the menu
36373 \begin_inset space ~
36377 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset space ~
36390 \begin_inset space ~
36394 \begin_inset space ~
36400 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36404 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36410 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36418 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36422 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36430 \begin_layout Subsection
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36435 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36436 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36437 on a cross-reference box.
36440 \begin_layout Section
36442 \begin_inset Index idx
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 \begin_layout Subsection
36458 \begin_layout Standard
36459 Change Tracking is described in section
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36466 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36473 \begin_layout Subsection
36478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36491 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36500 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36503 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36509 \begin_inset space ~
36513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36515 reference "sec:Navigating"
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36530 Start Appendix Here
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36534 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36535 position as described in section
36536 \begin_inset space ~
36540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36542 reference "sec:Appendices"
36549 \begin_layout Subsection
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 Un/compresses the current document.
36557 \begin_layout Subsection
36561 \begin_layout Standard
36562 The document settings are described in appendix
36563 \begin_inset space ~
36567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36569 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36576 \begin_layout Section
36578 \begin_inset Index idx
36581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 \begin_layout Subsection
36594 \begin_layout Standard
36595 Spell checking is explained in section
36596 \begin_inset space ~
36600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36602 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36609 \begin_layout Subsection
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 The thesaurus is described in section
36615 \begin_inset space ~
36619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36621 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36628 \begin_layout Subsection
36630 \begin_inset Index idx
36633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 \begin_inset Index idx
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36654 highlighted document part.
36657 \begin_layout Subsection
36659 \begin_inset Index idx
36662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36671 \begin_layout Standard
36672 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36675 \begin_layout Subsection
36677 \begin_inset Index idx
36680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36692 Reconfiguration of LyX
36696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 \begin_inset Index idx
36712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36713 Reconfiguration of LyX
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36723 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36724 \begin_inset space ~
36728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36730 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36737 \begin_layout Subsection
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36749 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36756 \begin_layout Section
36758 \begin_inset Index idx
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 \begin_layout Standard
36771 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36775 \begin_layout Standard
36779 \begin_inset space ~
36784 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36785 found by LyX (see also section
36786 \begin_inset space ~
36790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36792 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36799 \begin_layout Section
36801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36803 name "sec:Toolbars"
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36812 \begin_inset space ~
36816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36818 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36825 \begin_layout Standard
36826 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36827 This is described in the
36829 Additional Features
36834 \begin_layout Subsection
36836 \begin_inset Index idx
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36848 \begin_layout Standard
36849 \begin_inset Graphics
36850 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36858 \begin_layout Standard
36859 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36865 \begin_layout Standard
36866 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 \begin_inset Note Note
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36892 manual for more information.
36900 \begin_layout Standard
36901 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36907 \begin_layout Standard
36908 \begin_inset Tabular
36909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36910 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36918 \begin_inset Graphics
36919 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36946 \begin_layout Standard
36947 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36953 \begin_layout Standard
36955 \begin_inset Tabular
36956 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
36957 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36958 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36959 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36967 \begin_inset Graphics
36968 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36984 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 \begin_inset Graphics
36997 filename ../images/file-open.png
36998 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37013 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 \begin_inset Graphics
37026 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37027 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 \begin_inset Graphics
37055 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 \begin_inset Graphics
37084 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 \begin_inset Graphics
37113 filename ../images/undo.png
37114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37129 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37141 \begin_inset Graphics
37142 filename ../images/redo.png
37143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37170 \begin_inset Graphics
37171 filename ../images/cut.png
37172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37199 \begin_inset Graphics
37200 filename ../images/copy.png
37201 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 \begin_inset Graphics
37229 filename ../images/paste.png
37230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 \begin_inset Graphics
37258 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37260 rotateOrigin center
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 \begin_inset Graphics
37296 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37298 rotateOrigin center
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37314 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 \begin_inset Graphics
37327 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37343 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37345 \begin_inset space ~
37356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 \begin_inset Graphics
37362 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37378 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37380 \begin_inset space ~
37391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 \begin_inset Graphics
37397 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 Formats text using the current settings in the
37413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37415 \begin_inset space ~
37426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 \begin_inset Graphics
37432 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37449 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37451 \begin_inset space ~
37460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 \begin_inset Graphics
37466 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37468 rotateOrigin center
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 \begin_inset Graphics
37496 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37497 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37498 rotateOrigin center
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 \begin_inset Graphics
37526 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37527 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37528 rotateOrigin center
37537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37541 Toggle outline window on/off,
37543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 \begin_inset Graphics
37556 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37558 rotateOrigin center
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37571 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37585 rotateOrigin center
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37611 \begin_layout Subsection
37613 \begin_inset Index idx
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 \begin_layout Standard
37626 \begin_inset Graphics
37627 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37635 \begin_layout Standard
37636 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37642 \begin_layout Standard
37643 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37647 \begin_layout Standard
37648 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37654 \begin_layout Standard
37655 \begin_inset Tabular
37656 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37657 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37658 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37659 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 \begin_inset Graphics
37666 filename ../images/layout.png
37667 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37668 rotateOrigin center
37677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 \begin_inset Graphics
37693 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37695 rotateOrigin center
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 \begin_inset Graphics
37720 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37722 rotateOrigin center
37731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 \begin_inset Graphics
37747 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37748 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37749 rotateOrigin center
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 \begin_inset Graphics
37774 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37776 rotateOrigin center
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 \begin_inset Graphics
37801 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37803 rotateOrigin center
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37820 \begin_inset space ~
37824 \begin_inset space ~
37833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37838 \begin_inset Graphics
37839 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37841 rotateOrigin center
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37862 \begin_inset space ~
37871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 \begin_inset Graphics
37877 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37894 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37906 \begin_inset Graphics
37907 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37924 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 \begin_inset Graphics
37937 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 \begin_inset Graphics
37966 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 \begin_inset Graphics
37995 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 \begin_inset Graphics
38024 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38042 \begin_inset space ~
38051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 \begin_inset Graphics
38057 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38058 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 \begin_inset space ~
38084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38089 \begin_inset Graphics
38090 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 \begin_inset Graphics
38119 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38121 rotateOrigin center
38130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 \begin_inset space ~
38147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 \begin_inset Graphics
38153 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38170 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38172 \begin_inset space ~
38181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38186 \begin_inset Graphics
38187 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 \begin_inset Graphics
38216 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 \begin_inset Graphics
38245 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset Graphics
38289 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38306 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 \begin_inset Graphics
38319 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38320 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38336 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 \begin_inset space ~
38347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 \begin_inset Graphics
38353 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38355 rotateOrigin center
38364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38372 \begin_inset space ~
38381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38386 \begin_inset Graphics
38387 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38389 rotateOrigin center
38398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38406 \begin_inset space ~
38415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 \begin_inset Graphics
38421 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38422 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38423 rotateOrigin center
38432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38438 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38452 \begin_layout Subsection
38453 View / Update Toolbar
38454 \begin_inset Index idx
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 Toolbar ! View / Update
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38467 \begin_inset Graphics
38468 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38475 \begin_layout Standard
38476 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38482 \begin_layout Standard
38483 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38487 \begin_layout Standard
38488 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38494 \begin_layout Standard
38495 \begin_inset Tabular
38496 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38497 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38498 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38508 rotateOrigin center
38517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 \begin_inset Graphics
38536 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38538 rotateOrigin center
38547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38554 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Graphics
38567 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38569 rotateOrigin center
38578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38584 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 \begin_inset Graphics
38597 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38599 rotateOrigin center
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38615 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 \begin_inset Graphics
38628 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38630 rotateOrigin center
38639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38645 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 \begin_inset Graphics
38658 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38660 rotateOrigin center
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38676 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38690 \begin_layout Subsection
38694 \begin_layout Standard
38695 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38696 \begin_inset space ~
38700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38702 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38706 , the table toolbar
38707 \begin_inset Index idx
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38720 manual, the math macro toolbar
38721 \begin_inset Index idx
38724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38737 \begin_layout Chapter
38738 The Document Settings
38739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38741 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38746 \begin_inset Index idx
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38750 Document ! Settings
38758 \begin_layout Standard
38759 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38760 whole document and is called with the menu
38762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38766 You can save your document settings as default with th
38768 e Save as Document Defaults
38770 button in the dialog.
38771 This will create a template name
38779 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38783 \begin_layout Standard
38784 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38787 \begin_layout Section
38791 \begin_layout Standard
38792 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38794 Document classes are described in section
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38801 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38806 Some classes use some class options by default.
38807 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38811 and you can decide to use them or not.
38812 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38813 recommended not to touch them.
38814 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38820 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38821 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38826 When you want one of the following drivers
38827 \begin_inset Newline newline
38830 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38831 \begin_inset Newline newline
38834 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38841 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38855 child or subdocument.
38856 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38857 without its master.
38858 This way child documents are always compileable.
38859 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38870 \begin_layout Section
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 Modules are explained in section
38876 \begin_inset space ~
38880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38882 reference "sub:Modules"
38889 \begin_layout Section
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 The document font settings are described in section
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38901 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38908 \begin_layout Section
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38915 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38919 \begin_layout Standard
38920 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38921 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38922 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38925 \begin_layout Standard
38926 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38934 \begin_layout Section
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38939 A description of this menu is given in section
38940 \begin_inset space ~
38944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38946 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38953 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38960 \begin_layout Section
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38965 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38966 \begin_inset space ~
38970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38972 reference "sub:Margins"
38979 \begin_layout Section
38981 \begin_inset Index idx
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38985 Language ! Encoding
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38994 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38995 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38996 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38997 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38998 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38999 known for a particular character).
39003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39004 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39005 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39010 manual for details.
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39019 If you use the option
39023 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39024 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39025 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39026 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39027 exactly one encoding.
39028 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39037 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39038 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39040 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39041 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39055 \begin_layout Standard
39056 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39057 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39058 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39059 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39060 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39061 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39066 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39067 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39068 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39092 , but the LaTeX-package
39097 \begin_inset Index idx
39100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39101 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39107 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39108 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39109 languages in TeX code.
39112 \begin_layout Description
39113 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39114 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39115 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39118 \begin_layout Description
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39127 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39130 \begin_layout Description
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_inset space ~
39139 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39142 \begin_layout Description
39144 \begin_inset space ~
39147 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39150 \begin_layout Description
39152 \begin_inset space ~
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39159 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39160 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39163 \begin_layout Description
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39169 \begin_inset space ~
39172 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39176 \begin_layout Description
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39185 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39186 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39189 \begin_layout Description
39191 \begin_inset space ~
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39202 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39203 \begin_inset space ~
39209 \begin_layout Description
39211 \begin_inset space ~
39215 \begin_inset space ~
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39222 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39223 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39226 \begin_layout Description
39228 \begin_inset space ~
39232 \begin_inset space ~
39235 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39236 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39237 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39242 \begin_inset space ~
39248 \begin_layout Description
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39257 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39258 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39259 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39260 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39261 \begin_inset space ~
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39271 \begin_layout Description
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39277 \begin_inset space ~
39280 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39283 \begin_layout Description
39285 \begin_inset space ~
39289 \begin_inset space ~
39292 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39295 \begin_layout Description
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39304 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39307 \begin_layout Description
39309 \begin_inset space ~
39312 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39315 \begin_layout Description
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39320 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39323 \begin_layout Description
39325 \begin_inset space ~
39329 \begin_inset space ~
39332 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39335 \begin_layout Description
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39347 \begin_layout Description
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39356 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39359 \begin_layout Description
39361 \begin_inset space ~
39365 \begin_inset space ~
39371 \begin_layout Description
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39380 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39385 \begin_inset Index idx
39388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39394 , when using this, set the document language to
39399 \begin_layout Description
39401 \begin_inset space ~
39405 \begin_inset space ~
39408 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39412 , when using this, set the document language to
39417 \begin_layout Description
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_inset space ~
39426 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39431 \begin_inset Index idx
39434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39435 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39440 , when using this, set the document language to
39445 \begin_layout Description
39447 \begin_inset space ~
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39454 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39458 , when using this, set the document language to
39463 \begin_layout Description
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39472 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39476 , when using this, set the document language to
39481 \begin_layout Description
39483 \begin_inset space ~
39486 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39489 \begin_layout Description
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39502 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39505 \begin_layout Description
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39518 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39519 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39520 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39523 \begin_layout Description
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39535 \begin_layout Description
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39544 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39545 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39548 \begin_layout Description
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset space ~
39557 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39562 \begin_inset Index idx
39565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39566 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39571 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39583 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39587 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39611 \begin_layout Description
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39620 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39625 \begin_inset Index idx
39628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39629 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39634 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39637 \begin_layout Description
39639 \begin_inset space ~
39642 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39647 \begin_inset Index idx
39650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39657 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset space ~
39674 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39675 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_layout Description
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39694 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39695 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39696 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39700 \begin_layout Description
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39713 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39714 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39717 \begin_layout Section
39721 \begin_layout Standard
39722 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39730 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39737 \begin_layout Section
39741 \begin_layout Standard
39742 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39747 \begin_inset Index idx
39750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39751 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39761 \begin_inset Index idx
39764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39765 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39771 For a further description see section
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39778 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39785 \begin_layout Section
39789 \begin_layout Standard
39790 The PDF properties are explained in section
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39797 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39804 \begin_layout Section
39808 \begin_layout Standard
39809 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39814 \begin_inset Index idx
39817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39818 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39828 \begin_inset Index idx
39831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39832 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39837 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39845 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39846 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39849 \begin_layout Standard
39854 is used for special integral characters.
39857 \begin_layout Section
39861 \begin_layout Standard
39862 The float placement options are described in section
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39869 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39876 \begin_layout Section
39880 \begin_layout Standard
39881 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39882 The itemize environment is described in section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sec:Itemize"
39896 \begin_layout Section
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 Branches are described in section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sec:Branches"
39915 \begin_layout Section
39920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39930 \begin_layout Standard
39931 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39932 to define LaTeX-commands.
39933 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39934 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39938 \begin_layout Standard
39939 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39946 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39953 \begin_layout Chapter
39959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39961 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39966 \begin_inset Index idx
39969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39979 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39981 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39985 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39988 \begin_layout Section
39992 \begin_layout Subsection
39996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39997 User Interface File
39998 \begin_inset Index idx
40001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40002 Customization ! of toolbars
40008 \begin_inset Index idx
40011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40012 Customization ! of menus
40020 \begin_layout Standard
40021 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40029 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40038 \begin_layout Standard
40039 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40040 interface (ui) file.
40041 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40042 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40051 Both files are loaded by the
40056 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40057 files and edit the entries.
40060 \begin_layout Standard
40061 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40073 entries must be ended with an explicit
40098 and in the case of the
40099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40111 The syntax for the entries is:
40114 \begin_layout Standard
40115 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40143 \begin_layout Standard
40145 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40148 All LyX-functions are listed in
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40159 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40165 \begin_layout Standard
40166 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40168 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40171 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40176 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40181 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40184 \begin_layout Standard
40186 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40189 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40192 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40196 \begin_layout Standard
40199 Enable tool tips in main work area
40201 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40220 restoring of window layout and geometries
40222 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40223 in the last LyX session.
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40229 Restore cursor positions
40231 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40238 Load opened files from last session
40240 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40243 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40247 name "sub:Backup documents"
40252 \begin_inset Index idx
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 \begin_layout Standard
40269 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40277 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40280 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40282 \begin_inset space ~
40290 \begin_layout Standard
40293 Open documents in tabs
40295 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40299 \begin_layout Subsection
40301 \begin_inset Index idx
40304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40313 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40321 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40324 \begin_layout Standard
40325 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 This section only deals with the fonts
40338 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40341 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40342 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40353 \begin_layout Standard
40354 By default, LyX uses
40358 as roman (serif) font,
40366 (depends on the system) as
40369 \begin_inset space ~
40385 \begin_layout Standard
40386 You can change the font size with the
40391 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40392 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40400 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40401 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40406 points have the size of 1
40407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40411 \begin_inset space ~
40415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40417 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40429 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40434 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40435 \begin_inset space ~
40439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40441 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40448 \begin_layout Standard
40451 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40453 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40454 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40455 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40456 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40458 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40459 \begin_inset space ~
40465 \begin_layout Subsection
40467 \begin_inset Index idx
40470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40477 \begin_inset Index idx
40480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40490 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40491 Choose an item in the list and use the
40498 \begin_layout Subsection
40500 \begin_inset Index idx
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40504 Settings ! Graphics
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40516 \begin_layout Standard
40521 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40522 This feature is described in section
40523 \begin_inset space ~
40527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40529 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40536 \begin_layout Section
40538 \begin_inset Index idx
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40550 \begin_layout Subsection
40554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40558 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Cursor follows scrollbar
40563 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40570 Sort environments alphabetically
40572 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40578 Group environments by their category
40580 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40587 \begin_layout Standard
40588 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40593 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40594 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40598 \begin_layout Subsection
40600 \begin_inset Index idx
40603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40610 \begin_inset Index idx
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 Settings ! Shortcuts
40622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40628 Several binding files are available:
40631 \begin_layout Description
40632 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40635 \begin_layout Description
40636 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40647 \begin_layout Description
40648 mac.bind set of bindings for
40651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40659 \begin_layout Standard
40660 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40664 , and bind files for special languages.
40665 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40670 \begin_inset space \space{}
40674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40682 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40687 Some bind-files, like
40691 , have only a small scope.
40692 When looking at the the end of the file
40696 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40699 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40703 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40708 \begin_inset Index idx
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40712 Key Bindings ! Editing
40720 \begin_layout Standard
40721 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40722 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40723 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40726 Show key-bindings containing
40729 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40730 Insert there for example as keyword
40731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40738 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40748 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40749 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40753 that you find in the
40760 \begin_layout Standard
40762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40766 \begin_inset space \space{}
40777 , select the function and press the
40782 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40783 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40784 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40785 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40786 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40788 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40790 The binding for the function
40794 is an example for this.
40797 \begin_layout Standard
40798 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40800 The syntax of the entries is:
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40827 \begin_layout Subsection
40829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40839 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40844 \begin_inset Index idx
40847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 \begin_inset Index idx
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40866 \begin_layout Standard
40867 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40868 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40874 \begin_inset space \space{}
40877 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40878 can use the keyboard map file named
40885 \begin_layout Standard
40886 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40894 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40903 Besides this, you can specify here the
40905 Wheel scrolling speed
40908 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40912 \begin_layout Subsection
40914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40916 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40921 \begin_inset Index idx
40924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40933 \begin_layout Standard
40934 Input completion is described in sec.
40935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40941 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40946 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40948 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40949 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40953 \begin_layout Section
40955 \begin_inset Index idx
40958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40965 \begin_inset Index idx
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40977 \begin_layout Description
40979 \begin_inset space ~
40982 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40983 It is the default when you
40994 \begin_inset space ~
41002 \begin_layout Description
41004 \begin_inset space ~
41007 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41009 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41023 \begin_layout Description
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41028 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41034 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41038 \begin_inset Newline newline
41042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41054 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41062 \begin_layout Description
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41068 \begin_inset Index idx
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41078 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41079 \begin_inset space ~
41083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41085 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41093 will be used to save the backups.
41094 \begin_inset Newline newline
41097 The backup files have the ending
41098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41108 \begin_layout Description
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41121 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41122 \begin_inset Newline newline
41126 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41142 \begin_layout Description
41144 \begin_inset space ~
41147 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41150 \begin_layout Description
41152 \begin_inset space ~
41155 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41156 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41157 to find it on the system.
41158 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41159 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41168 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41169 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41173 \begin_layout Section
41177 \begin_layout Standard
41178 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41179 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41187 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41191 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41194 \begin_layout Section
41196 \begin_inset Index idx
41199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 Language ! Settings
41206 \begin_inset Index idx
41209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 Settings ! Language
41218 \begin_layout Subsection
41222 \begin_layout Description
41224 \begin_inset space ~
41228 \begin_inset space ~
41231 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41232 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41233 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41234 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41235 You find the actual translation status here:
41236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41238 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41239 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41246 \begin_layout Description
41248 \begin_inset space ~
41251 language is the language used in new documents
41254 \begin_layout Description
41256 \begin_inset space ~
41259 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41261 The default is the LaTeX-command
41267 that loads the package
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41276 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41277 \begin_inset space ~
41281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41283 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41293 \begin_inset Newline newline
41300 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41301 the document language.
41302 A text label is for instance the word
41303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41310 at the beginning of every table caption.
41313 \begin_layout Description
41315 \begin_inset space ~
41318 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41319 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41320 An example is the start command
41326 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41346 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41351 \begin_layout Description
41353 \begin_inset space ~
41361 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41362 command toggles the package on and off.
41365 \begin_layout Description
41367 \begin_inset space ~
41377 \begin_layout Description
41378 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41379 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41380 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41381 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41388 \begin_layout Description
41390 \begin_inset space ~
41393 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41395 When this option is not set, the
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41403 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41404 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41415 \begin_layout Description
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41423 \begin_inset space ~
41429 When it is not set, the
41432 \begin_inset space ~
41437 is set to the end of the document.
41440 \begin_layout Description
41442 \begin_inset space ~
41446 \begin_inset space ~
41449 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41450 language will be underlined blue.
41453 \begin_layout Description
41455 \begin_inset space ~
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41462 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41463 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41466 \begin_layout Description
41468 \begin_inset space ~
41471 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41472 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41473 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41474 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41477 \begin_layout Subsection
41481 \begin_layout Standard
41482 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41489 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41496 \begin_layout Section
41500 \begin_layout Subsection
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41509 \begin_inset Index idx
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41519 \begin_inset Index idx
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41531 \begin_layout Description
41533 \begin_inset space ~
41536 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41537 The name will be used when the
41542 \begin_inset Newline newline
41546 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41554 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41563 \begin_layout Description
41565 \begin_inset space ~
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41576 printer This option works only for the
41581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41593 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41594 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41597 \begin_layout Description
41599 \begin_inset space ~
41602 command is the command LyX
41603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41610 LaTeX uses for printing.
41611 The default is on most systems
41618 \begin_layout Description
41620 \begin_inset space ~
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41627 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41628 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41629 of the program that provides the
41636 \begin_layout Subsection
41638 \begin_inset Index idx
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 \begin_inset Index idx
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 Settings ! Date format
41660 \begin_layout Standard
41661 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41662 \begin_inset Newline newline
41666 \begin_inset Flex URL
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41671 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41677 \begin_inset Newline newline
41680 For example the format
41681 \begin_inset Newline newline
41685 \begin_inset Newline newline
41688 prints the date as day/month/year.
41691 \begin_layout Subsection
41695 \begin_layout Description
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41707 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41708 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41710 \begin_inset space ~
41716 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41720 \begin_layout Description
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41725 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41730 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41731 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41734 \begin_layout Subsection
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41749 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41754 \begin_inset Index idx
41757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 \begin_layout Description
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41782 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41787 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41809 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41822 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41823 LyX sets up in the background.
41824 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41827 \begin_layout Description
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41836 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41841 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41844 \begin_layout Standard
41845 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41846 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41847 manuals of the applications.
41848 Currently the following commands can be set:
41851 \begin_layout Description
41856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41864 \begin_inset space ~
41867 command Command for the program
41871 that is described in section
41877 Additional Features
41882 \begin_layout Description
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 \begin_inset space ~
41898 command Command for the program
41902 that generates the bibliography, see section
41903 \begin_inset space ~
41907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41909 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41916 \begin_layout Description
41918 \begin_inset space ~
41921 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41928 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41935 \begin_layout Description
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41940 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41941 \begin_inset space ~
41945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41947 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41954 \begin_layout Description
41956 \begin_inset space ~
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41964 \begin_inset space ~
41968 \begin_inset space ~
41971 options They only have an effect when the program
41975 is used as DVI-viewer.
41978 \begin_layout Standard
41979 There are additionally the following options:
41982 \begin_layout Description
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41988 \begin_inset space ~
41992 \begin_inset space ~
41996 \begin_inset space ~
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42003 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42021 to separate folders.
42022 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42023 \begin_inset Index idx
42026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 \begin_inset Index idx
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 \begin_layout Description
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42051 \begin_inset space ~
42055 \begin_inset space ~
42059 \begin_inset space ~
42063 \begin_inset space ~
42067 \begin_inset space ~
42070 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42072 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42075 dialog when changing the document class.
42078 \begin_layout Section
42080 \begin_inset space ~
42084 \begin_inset Index idx
42087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 \begin_layout Subsection
42098 \begin_inset Index idx
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 \begin_layout Standard
42111 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42112 from one format to another.
42113 You can modify them or create new ones.
42114 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42121 \begin_inset space ~
42131 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42135 \begin_inset space ~
42140 drop-down list, modify the
42144 field, and press the
42151 \begin_layout Standard
42154 Converter File Cache
42156 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42159 Maximum Age (in days
42162 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42163 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42166 \begin_layout Standard
42167 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42168 the converter definition, is described in section
42179 \begin_layout Subsection
42181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42183 name "sec:File-Formats"
42188 \begin_inset Index idx
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 \begin_inset Index idx
42201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 \begin_layout Standard
42211 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42212 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42216 \begin_layout Standard
42217 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42218 is described in section
42229 \begin_layout Standard
42230 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42231 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42232 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42233 This is done by specifying a
42238 More about this is described in section
42249 \begin_layout Chapter
42250 Units available in LyX
42251 \begin_inset Index idx
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42263 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42270 \begin_layout Standard
42271 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42274 reference "cap:Units"
42278 explains all units available in LyX.
42281 \begin_layout Standard
42282 \begin_inset Float table
42288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 \begin_inset Caption
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 \begin_inset Tabular
42316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42470 scaled point (65536
42471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42531 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42586 % of original image width
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42800 \begin_layout Chapter
42802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42811 \begin_layout Standard
42812 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42813 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42816 \begin_layout Itemize
42819 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42822 \begin_layout Itemize
42828 \begin_layout Itemize
42834 \begin_layout Itemize
42840 \begin_layout Itemize
42846 \begin_layout Itemize
42852 \begin_layout Itemize
42858 \begin_layout Itemize
42864 \begin_layout Itemize
42867 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42870 \begin_layout Itemize
42876 \begin_layout Itemize
42882 \begin_layout Itemize
42888 \begin_layout Itemize
42894 \begin_layout Itemize
42900 \begin_layout Itemize
42906 \begin_layout Itemize
42912 \begin_layout Itemize
42918 \begin_layout Itemize
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42929 \begin_layout Standard
42930 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42933 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42940 \begin_layout Bibliography
42941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42942 LatexCommand bibitem
42949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42952 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42957 \begin_inset Newline newline
42961 \begin_inset Flex URL
42964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42974 \begin_layout Bibliography
42975 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42976 LatexCommand bibitem
42977 key "latexcompanion"
42981 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42983 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42986 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42989 \begin_layout Bibliography
42990 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42991 LatexCommand bibitem
42996 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42999 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43002 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43005 \begin_layout Bibliography
43006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43007 LatexCommand bibitem
43014 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43017 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43020 \begin_layout Bibliography
43021 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43022 LatexCommand bibitem
43034 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43037 \begin_layout Bibliography
43038 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43039 LatexCommand bibitem
43045 \begin_inset Newline newline
43049 \begin_inset Flex URL
43052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43054 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43062 \begin_layout Bibliography
43063 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43064 LatexCommand bibitem
43070 \begin_inset Newline newline
43074 \begin_inset Flex URL
43077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43079 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43087 \begin_layout Bibliography
43088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43089 LatexCommand bibitem
43095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43097 name "Documentation"
43098 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43107 \begin_inset Newline newline
43111 \begin_inset Flex URL
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43116 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43124 \begin_layout Bibliography
43125 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43126 LatexCommand bibitem
43132 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43134 name "Documentation"
43135 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43139 how to use the program
43144 \begin_inset Newline newline
43148 \begin_inset Flex URL
43151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43153 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43161 \begin_layout Bibliography
43162 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43163 LatexCommand bibitem
43169 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43171 name "Documentation"
43172 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43181 \begin_inset Newline newline
43185 \begin_inset Flex URL
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43190 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43198 \begin_layout Bibliography
43199 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43200 LatexCommand bibitem
43206 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43208 name "Documentation"
43209 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43218 \begin_inset Newline newline
43222 \begin_inset Flex URL
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43227 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43235 \begin_layout Bibliography
43236 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43237 LatexCommand bibitem
43243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43245 name "Documentation"
43246 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43250 of the LaTeX-package
43255 \begin_inset Index idx
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43259 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43265 \begin_inset Newline newline
43269 \begin_inset Flex URL
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43282 \begin_layout Bibliography
43283 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43284 LatexCommand bibitem
43290 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43292 name "Documentation"
43293 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43297 of the LaTeX-package
43302 \begin_inset Index idx
43305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43306 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43312 \begin_inset Newline newline
43316 \begin_inset Flex URL
43319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43321 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43329 \begin_layout Bibliography
43330 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43331 LatexCommand bibitem
43339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43341 name "Documentation"
43342 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43348 of the LaTeX-package
43353 \begin_inset Index idx
43356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43357 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43363 \begin_inset Newline newline
43367 \begin_inset Flex URL
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43372 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43380 \begin_layout Bibliography
43381 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43382 LatexCommand bibitem
43388 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43390 name "Documentation"
43391 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43395 of the LaTeX-package
43400 \begin_inset Index idx
43403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43404 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43410 \begin_inset Newline newline
43414 \begin_inset Flex URL
43417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43419 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43427 \begin_layout Bibliography
43428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43429 LatexCommand bibitem
43435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43437 name "Documentation"
43438 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43442 of the LaTeX-package
43447 \begin_inset Index idx
43450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43451 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43457 \begin_inset Newline newline
43461 \begin_inset Flex URL
43464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43466 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43474 \begin_layout Bibliography
43475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43476 LatexCommand bibitem
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43484 name "Documentation"
43485 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43489 of the LaTeX-package
43494 \begin_inset Index idx
43497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43498 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43504 \begin_inset Newline newline
43508 \begin_inset Flex URL
43511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43521 \begin_layout Bibliography
43522 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43523 LatexCommand bibitem
43529 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43532 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43536 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43537 \begin_inset Newline newline
43541 \begin_inset Flex URL
43544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43546 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43554 \begin_layout Bibliography
43555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43556 LatexCommand bibitem
43562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43565 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43569 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43570 \begin_inset Newline newline
43574 \begin_inset Flex URL
43577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43579 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43587 \begin_layout Bibliography
43588 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43589 LatexCommand bibitem
43595 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43598 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43602 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43603 \begin_inset Newline newline
43607 \begin_inset Flex URL
43610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43612 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43620 \begin_layout Bibliography
43621 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43622 LatexCommand bibitem
43628 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43631 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43635 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43636 \begin_inset Newline newline
43640 \begin_inset Flex URL
43643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43645 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43653 \begin_layout Bibliography
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43655 LatexCommand bibitem
43661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43664 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43668 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43669 \begin_inset Newline newline
43673 \begin_inset Flex URL
43676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43678 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43686 \begin_layout Bibliography
43687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43688 LatexCommand bibitem
43694 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43697 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43701 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43702 \begin_inset Newline newline
43706 \begin_inset Flex URL
43709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43711 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43719 \begin_layout Bibliography
43720 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43721 LatexCommand bibitem
43727 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43730 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43734 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43735 \begin_inset Newline newline
43739 \begin_inset Flex URL
43742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43744 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43752 \begin_layout Bibliography
43753 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43754 LatexCommand bibitem
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43763 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43767 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43768 \begin_inset Newline newline
43772 \begin_inset Flex URL
43775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43777 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43785 \begin_layout Bibliography
43786 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43787 LatexCommand bibitem
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43796 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43800 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43801 \begin_inset Newline newline
43805 \begin_inset Flex URL
43808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43810 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43818 \begin_layout Bibliography
43819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43820 LatexCommand bibitem
43826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43829 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43833 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43834 \begin_inset Newline newline
43838 \begin_inset Flex URL
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43843 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43851 \begin_layout Bibliography
43852 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43853 LatexCommand bibitem
43859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43862 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43866 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43867 \begin_inset Newline newline
43871 \begin_inset Flex URL
43874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43876 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43884 \begin_layout Bibliography
43885 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43886 LatexCommand bibitem
43892 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43895 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43899 about new features in
43904 \begin_inset Newline newline
43908 \begin_inset Flex URL
43911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43913 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43921 \begin_layout Standard
43922 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43956 \begin_inset Note Note
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43966 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43967 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43968 bibliography is the second one:
43976 \begin_layout Standard
43977 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43978 LatexCommand bibtex
43979 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43980 options "biblio/alphadin"
43987 \begin_layout Standard
43988 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43991 \begin_layout Standard
43994 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43995 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44001 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44002 LatexCommand printindex